MC33PF8200DMESR2

PF8100; PF8200 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 1 Product data sheet Overview The PF8100/PF8200 is a power management integrated circuit (PMIC) designed for high performance i.MX 8 and S32x based applications. It features seven high efficiency buck converters and four linear regulators for powering the processor, memory and miscellaneous peripherals. Built-in one time programmable memory stores key startup configurations, drastically reducing external components typically used to set output voltage and sequence of 2 external regulators. Regulator parameters are adjustable through high-speed I C after start up offering flexibility for different system states. 2 Features • • • • • • • • Up to seven high efficiency buck converters Four linear regulators with load switch options RTC supply and coin cell charger Watchdog timer/monitor Monitoring circuit to fit ASIL B safety level One time programmable device configuration 2 3.4 MHz I C communication interface 56-pin 8 x 8 QFN package PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 3 Simplified application diagram PF8x00 PF8x00 VSNVS BUCK1 BUCK3 VDD_GPU BUCK4 VDD_CPU (A35) BUCK5 VDD_DDRIO PF8x00 VSNVS IMX8QM VDD_SNVS VSNVS BUCK1 VDD_MAIN VDD_MEMC BUCK2 VIN: 2.7 V to 5.5 V IMX8QXP VDD_SNVS BUCK1 VDD_MAIN VIN: 2.7 V to 5.5 V GPU0 BUCK2 BUCK2 BUCK3 BUCK3 CPU1 (A72) GPU1 BUCK5 CPU0 (A53) VDD_MEMC BUCK5 BUCK6 1.8 V I/O (LV GPIO) BUCK6 VDD_DDRIO0 VDD_DDRIO1 BUCK6 BUCK7 3.3 V I/O (HV GPIO) BUCK7 1.8 V I/O 3.3 V I/O BUCK7 LDO1 VDD_SCU VDD_SIM LDO1 LDO1 BUCK4 VDD_SCU BUCK4 LDO2 SDCARD0 LDO2 SDCARD0 SDCARD1 LDO2 LDO3 2.5 V I/O LDO3 3.3 V I/O 2.5 V I/O LDO3 LDO4 MISC LDO4 MISC MISC LDO4 CONTROL SIGNALS INTERFACING AND I2C COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SIGNALS CONTROL SIGNALS INTERFACING AND I2C COMMUNICATIONS I 2C I 2C SIMCARD SD Card LPDDR Memory DRAM SIMCARD eMMC Supply Ethernet LPDDR_0 Memory MISCELLANEOUS PERIPHERALS DRAM SD Card VIN: 2.7 V to 5.5 V I2C Ethernet eMMC Supply MISCELLANEOUS PERIPHERALS SD Card DRAM LPDDR_1 Memory aaa-028047 Figure 1. Simplified application diagram 4 Ordering information Table 1. Device options Type Package Name PF8100 (automotive) PF8200 (automotive) HVQFN56 PF8100 (industrial) Description Version HVQFN56, plastic, thermally enhanced very thin quad; flat non-leaded package, wettable flanks; 56 terminals; 0.5 mm pitch; 8 mm x 8 mm x 0.85 mm body SOT684-21 (DD/SC) HVQFN56, plastic, thermally enhanced very thin quad; flat non-leaded package, 56 terminals; 0.5 mm pitch; 8 mm x 8 mm x 0.85 mm body SOT684-21 Table 2. Ordering information Part number [1] Target market NXP processor System comments Safety grade OTP ID MC33PF8100A0ES Automotive n/a Not programmed QM n/a MC33PF8100CCES Automotive i.MX8QXP LPDDR4 memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100CCES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100CFES Automotive i.MX8QXP DDR3L memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100CFES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100CHES Automotive i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC2 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100CHES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100EAES Automotive LS1046A DDR4 Memory (VDDQ + VTT) QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100EAES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100EPES Automotive i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC1 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100EPES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100EQES Automotive i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC2 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100EQES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100ERES Automotive i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC1 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100ERES-OTP-Report MC33PF8100F3ES Automotive LA1575 LDDR4 memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8100F3ES-OTP-Report MC34PF8100A0EP Industrial n/a Not programmed QM n/a MC34PF8100CCEP Industrial i.MX8QXP LPDDR4 memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100CCEP-OTP-Report MC34PF8100CFEP Industrial i.MX8QXP DDR3L memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100CFEP-OTP-Report PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 2 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Part number [1] Target market NXP processor System comments Safety grade OTP ID MC34PF8100CHEP Industrial i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC2 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100CHEP-OTP-Report MC34PF8100EPEP Industrial i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC1 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100EPEP-OTP-Report MC34PF8100EQEP Industrial i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC2 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100EQEP-OTP-Report MC34PF8100EREP Industrial i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC1 QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100EREP-OTP-Report MC34PF8100F3EP Industrial LA1575 LDDR4 memory QM http://www.nxp.com/MC34PF8100F3EP-OTP-Report MC33PF8200A0ES Automotive n/a Not programmed ASIL B n/a MC33PF8200CXES Automotive LS1043A LPDDR4 memory ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200CXES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200D2ES Automotive S32V234 DDR3L memory 10 A core ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200D2ES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DBES Automotive i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC2 ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DBES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DEES Automotive i.MX8QXP LPDDR4 memory ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DEES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DFES Automotive i.MX8QXP DDR3L memory ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DFES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DHES Automotive i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC2 ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DHES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DMES Automotive S32V344 Quad phase (VDD) ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DMES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200DNES Automotive S32R45 Quad phase (VDD) ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200DNES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200EMES Automotive LS1043 Triple phase (VDD) ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200EMES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200ESES Automotive i.MX8QM LPDDR4 memory PMIC1 ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200ESES-OTP-Report MC33PF8200ETES Automotive i.MX8QM DDR4 memory PMIC1 ASIL B http://www.nxp.com/MC33PF8200ETES-OTP-Report [1] 5 To order parts in tape and reel, add the R2 suffix to the part number. Applications • Automotive Infotainment • High-end consumer and industrial PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 3 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 6 Internal block diagram VDDIO SCL SDA VDDOTP RESETBMCU WDI PWRON STANDBY TBBEN XINT INTB EWARNB PGOOD FSOB FAIL SAFE CONTROL SW1FB XFAILB SW1 VMON MONITORING BANDGAP REF SELEC. SW1IN WATCHDOG TIMER VBG2 EA AND DRIVER SW1LX SW1 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE SW2FB REGULATION BANDGAP REF SELEC. EA AND DRIVER V1P5A LDO V1P5A V1P5D LDO V1P5D OTP MEMORY COIN CELL CHARGER VBG2 SW2LX VBG1 DIGITAL CORE AND STATE MACHINE SW2 VMON SW2IN BANDGAP COMPARATOR WD monitoring EPAD VBG2 THERMAL MONITORING / SHUTDOWN SW2 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE LICELL VSNVS VSNVS EPAD SW3FB SW3 VMON REF SELEC. SW3IN VBG2 EA AND DRIVER SW3LX SW3 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE EPAD SW1VMON PMIC INTERNAL MONITORS SW2VMON SW3VMON SW6VMON SW7VMON VIN OVLO 24 CHANNEL ANALOG MUX AMUX LDO1VMON CLOCK MANAGEMENT (100 kHz / 20 MHz / PLL / DIGITAL MODULE) MANUAL TUNING SPREAD SPECTRUM EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNC LDO2VMON LDO3VMON SW4 VMON SYNCOUT SYNCIN VBG2 LDO1 VMON LDO1OUT LDO1 LDO12IN REF SELEC. SW4IN LDO2 VBG2 EA AND DRIVER SW4LX SW4 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE SW6 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE SW5FB SW5 VMON SW6 VMON REF SELEC. SW5IN SW5LX LDO2 VMON VSELECT LDO2EN VBG2 VTT REFERENCE SELECTOR SW7 VMON VBG2 EA AND DRIVER VBG2 EA AND DRIVER VBG2 LDO2OUT ÷2 REF SELEC. EPAD VIN AGND PGOOD MONITORS LDO4VMON SW4FB EXTERNAL CHANNEL INPUT DGND SW4VMON SW5VMON 10 x DIE TEMPERATURE MONITORS SW7 MISC REFERENCE VBG2 LDO3 VMON LDO30UT LDO3 LDO3IN EA AND DRIVER LDO4IN LDO4 SW5 DVS AND MISC REFERENCE EPAD VBG2 EPAD SW6FB SW6IN SW6LX LDO4OUT EPAD SW7FB SW7IN LDO4 VMON SW7LX Digital Signal(s) Analog Reference(s) 20 MHz Clock/Derivative 100 kHz Clock/Derivative aaa-028048 Figure 2. Internal block diagram PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 4 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 7 Pinning information 43 LDO2EN 44 XFAILB 45 DGND 46 LICELL 47 VSNVS 48 SYNCIN 49 SYNCOUT 50 VIN 51 AGND 52 AMUX 53 VDDOTP 54 VDDIO 55 SCL 56 SDA 7.1 Pinning DNC1 1 42 PGOOD SW2FB 2 41 V1P5A SW1FB 3 40 V1P5D SW1IN 4 39 XINTB SW1LX 5 38 SW7FB SW2LX 6 37 SW7IN SW2IN 7 SW3IN 8 SW3LX 9 34 SW6LX SW4LX 10 33 SW5LX SW4IN 11 32 SW5IN SW4FB 12 31 SW5FB SW3FB 13 30 SW6FB TBBEN 14 29 FSOB 36 SW7LX LDO4IN 27 LDO4OUT 28 LDO3IN 26 LDO3OUT 25 INTB 24 PWRON 22 35 SW6IN STANDBY 23 EWARN 20 RESETBMCU 21 WDI 19 LDO2OUT 18 LDO12IN 17 VSELECT 16 LDO1OUT 15 EPAD aaa-028049 Figure 3. Pin configuration for HVQFN56 7.2 Pin description Table 3. HVQFN56 pin description Pin number Symbol Application description Pin type Min Max Units 1 DNC1 Do not connect — — — V 2 SW2FB Buck 2 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 3 SW1FB Buck 1 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 4 SW1IN Buck 1 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 5 SW1LX Buck 1 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 6 SW2LX Buck 2 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 7 SW2IN Buck 2 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 8 SW3IN Buck 3 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 9 SW3LX Buck 3 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 10 SW4LX Buck 4 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 11 SW4IN Buck 4 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 5 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Pin number Symbol Application description Pin type Min Max Units 12 SW4FB Buck 4 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 13 SW3FB Buck 3 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 14 TBBEN Try Before Buy enable pin I −0.3 6.0 V 15 LDO1OUT LDO1 output O −0.3 6.0 V 16 VSELECT LDO2 voltage select input I −0.3 6.0 V 17 LDO12IN LDO1 and LDO2 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 18 LDO2OUT LDO2 output O −0.3 6.0 V 19 WDI Watchdog Input from MCU I −0.3 6.0 V 20 EWARN Early warning to MCU O −0.3 6.0 V 21 RESETBMCU RESETBMCU open-drain output O −0.3 6.0 V 22 PWRON PWRON input I −0.3 6.0 V 23 STANDBY STANDBY input I −0.3 6.0 V 24 INTB INTB open-drain output O −0.3 6.0 V 25 LDO3OUT LDO3 output O −0.3 6.0 V 26 LDO3IN LDO3 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 27 LDO4IN LDO4 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 28 LDO4OUT LDO4 output O −0.3 6.0 V 29 FSOB Safety output pin O −0.3 6.0 V 30 SW6FB Buck 6 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 31 SW5FB Buck 5 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 32 SW5IN Buck 5 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 33 SW5LX Buck 5 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 34 SW6LX Buck 6 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 35 SW6IN Buck 6 input supply I -0.3 6.0 V 36 SW7LX Buck 7 switching node O −0.3 6.0 V 37 SW7IN Buck 7 input supply I −0.3 6.0 V 38 SW7FB Buck 7 output voltage feedback I −0.3 6.0 V 39 XINTB External interrupt input I −0.3 6.0 V 40 V1P5D 1.6 V digital core supply O −0.3 2.0 V 41 V1P5A 1.6 V analog core supply O −0.3 2.0 V 42 PGOOD PGOOD open-drain output O −0.3 6.0 V 43 LDO2EN LDO2 enable pin I −0.3 6.0 V 44 XFAILB External Synchronization pin I/O -0.3 6.0 V 45 DGND Digital ground GND −0.3 0.3 V 46 LICELL Coin cell input I −0.3 5.5 V 47 VSNVS VSNVS regulator output O −0.3 6.0 V 48 SYNCIN External clock input pin for synchronization I −0.3 6.0 V 49 SYNCOUT Clock out pin for external part synchronization O −0.3 6.0 V 50 VIN Main input voltage to PMIC I −0.3 6.0 V 51 AGND Analog ground GND −0.3 0.3 V PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 6 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Pin number Symbol Application description Pin type Min Max Units 52 AMUX Analog multiplexer output O −0.3 6.0 V 53 VDDOTP OTP selection input I −0.3 10 V 54 VDDIO I/O supply voltage. Connect to voltage rail between 1.6 V and 3.3 V I −0.3 6.0 V 55 SCL I C clock signal 2 I −0.3 6.0 V 56 SDA I C data signal 2 I/O −0.3 6.0 V 57 EPAD Exposed pad Connect to ground GND −0.3 0.3 V 8 Absolute maximum ratings Table 4. Absolute maximum ratings Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Main input supply voltage [1] −0.3 — 6.0 V SWxVIN, LDOxVIN Regulator input supply voltage [1] −0.3 — 6.0 V VDDOTP OTP programming input supply voltage −0.3 — 10 V VLICELL Coin cell voltage −0.3 — 5.5 V VIN [1] Parameter Pin reliability may be affected if system voltages are above the maximum operating range of 5.5 V for extended periods of time. To minimize system reliability impact, system must not operate above 5.5 V for more than 1800 sec over the lifetime of the device. 9 ESD ratings Table 5. ESD ratings All ESD specifications are compliant with AEC-Q100 specification. Symbol Parameter VESD Human Body Model [1] VESD Charge Device Model QFN package - all pins [1] ILATCHUP Latch-up current [1] Min Typ Max Unit — — 2000 V — — 500 — — 100 V mA ESD testing is performed in accordance with the human body model (HBM) (CZAP = 100 pF, RZAP = 1500 Ω), and the charge device model (CDM), robotic (CZAP = 4.0 pF) 10 Thermal characteristics Table 6. Thermal characteristics Symbol Parameter TA Ambient operating temperature Min Typ Max Unit −40 — 105 °C TJ Junction temperature −40 — 150 °C TST Storage temperature range −40 — 150 °C TPPRT Peak package reflow temperature — — 260 °C [1] [1] All parameters are specified up to a junction temperature of 150 °C. All parameters are tested at TA from −40°C to 105 °C to allow headroom for self heating during operation. If higher TA operation is required, proper thermal and loading consideration must be made to ensure device operation below the maximum TJ = 150 °C. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 7 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 7. QFN56 thermal resistance and package dissipation ratings Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit RθJA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection Single Layer Board (1s) [1] [2] — 81 °C/W RθJA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection Four Layer Board (2s2p) [1] [2] — 27 °C/W RθJA Junction to Ambient Natural Convection Eight Layer Board (2s6p) — 22 °C/W RθJMA Junction to Ambient (@200ft/min) Single Layer Board (1s) [1] [3] — 66 °C/W RθJMA Junction to Ambient (@200ft/min) Four Layer Board (2s2p) [1] [3] — 22 °C/W RθJB Junction to Board [4] — 11 °C/W Junction to Case (bottom) [5] — 0.6 °C/W Junction to package (top) [6] — 1 °C/W RθJC ΨJT [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Junction temperature is a function of die size, on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board) temperature, ambient temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal resistance. Per JEDEC JESD51-2 with natural convection for horizontally oriented board. Board meets JESD51-9 specification for 1s or 2s2p board, respectively. Per JEDEC JESD51-6 with forced convection for horizontally oriented board. Board meets JESD51-9 specification for 1s or 2s2p board, respectively. Thermal resistance between the die and the printed circuit board per JEDEC JESD51-8. Board temperature is measured on the top surface of the board near the package. Thermal resistance between the die and the solder pad on the bottom of the package. Interface resistance is ignored. Thermal characterization parameter indicating the temperature difference between package top and the junction temperature per JEDEC JESD51-2. When Greek letters are not available, the thermal characterization parameter is written as Psi-JT. 11 Operating conditions Table 8. Operating conditions Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VIN Main input supply voltage UVDET — 5.5 V VLICELL LICELL input voltage range — — 4.2 V 12 General description 12.1 Features The PF8100/PF8200 is a power management integrated circuit (PMIC) designed to be the primary power management building block for NXP high-end multimedia application processors from the i.MX 8 and S32x series. It is also capable of providing power solution to the high end i.MX 6 series as well as several non-NXP processors. • Buck regulators – SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW5, SW6: 0.4 V to 1.8 V; 2500 mA; 2 % accuracy – SW7; 1.0 V to 4.1 V; 2500 mA; 2 % accuracy – Dynamic voltage scaling on SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW5, and SW6 – SW1, SW2 configurable as a dual phase regulator – SW3, SW4 configurable as a dual phase regulator – SW5, SW6 configurable as a dual phase regulator – SW1, SW2 and SW3 configurable as a triple phase regulator with up to 7.5 A current capability PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 8 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • • • • • PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet – SW1, SW2, SW3 and SW4 configurable as a quad phase regulator with up to 10 A current capability – VTT termination mode on SW6 – Programmable current limit – Spread-spectrum and manual tuning of switching frequency LDO regulators – LDO1, 1.5 V to 5.0 V, 400 mA: 3 % accuracy with optional load switch mode – LDO2, 1.5 V to 5.0 V, 400 mA; 3 % accuracy with optional load switch mode and selectable hardware/software control – LDO3, 1.5 V to 5.0 V, 400 mA; 3 % accuracy with optional load switch mode – LDO4, 1.5 V to 5.0 V, 400 mA; 3 % accuracy with optional load switch mode RTC LDO/Switch supply from system supply or coin cell – RTC supply VSNVS 1.8 V/3.0 V/3.3 V, 10 mA – Battery backed memory including coin cell charger with programmable charge current and voltage System features – Fast PMIC startup – Advanced state machine for seamless processor interface 2 – High speed I C interface support (up to 3.4 MHz) – PGOOD monitor – User programmable standby and off modes – Programmable soft start sequence and power down sequence – Programmable regulator configuration – 24 channel analog multiplexer for smart system monitoring/diagnostic OTP (One time programmable) memory for device configuration Monitoring circuit to fit ASIL B Safety level – Independent voltage monitoring with programmable fault protection – Advance thermal monitoring and protection – External watchdog monitoring and programmable internal watchdog counter 2 – I C CRC and write protection mechanism – Analog built-in self-test (ABIST) All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 9 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 12.2 Functional block diagram PF8x00 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM LDO1 (1.5 V TO 5 V, 400 mA) BUCK1 (MASTER/SLAVE) (0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) LDO2 (1.5 V TO 5 V, 400 mA) BUCK2 (MASTER/SLAVE) (0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) LDO3 (1.5 V TO 5 V, 400 mA) BUCK3 (MASTER/SLAVE) (0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) LOGIC AND CONTROL I2C WATCHDOG MCU INTERFACE REGULATOR CONTROL FAULT DETECTION FUNCTIONAL SAFETY (ABIST) LDO4 (1.5 V TO 5 V, 400 mA) VSNVS (RTC SUPPLY) (1.8 V/3.0 V/3.3 V, 10 mA) BUCK4 (MASTER/SLAVE) (0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) BUCK5 (MASTER/SLAVE) (0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) 24 CHANNEL AMUX (DIAGNOSTICS) BUCK6 (MASTER/SLAVE) (VTT/0.4 V TO 1.8 V, 2.5 A) OTP (FLEXIBLE CONFIGURATION) BUCK7 (INDEPENDENT) (1.0 V TO 4.1 V, 2.5 A) aaa-028050 Figure 4. Functional block diagram 12.3 Power tree summary The following table shows a summary of the voltage regulators in the PF8100/PF8200. Table 9. Voltage supply summary Regulator Type Input supply Regulated output range (V) VOUT programmable step (mV) IRATED (mA) SW1 Buck SW1IN 0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW2 Buck SW2IN 0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW3 Buck SW3IN 0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW4 Buck SW4IN 0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW5 Buck SW5IN 0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW6 Buck SW6IN VTT/0.4 V to 1.8 V 6.25 2500 SW7 Buck SW7IN 1.0 V to 4.1 V — 2500 LDO1 Linear (P-type) LDO12IN 1.5 V to 5.0 V — 400 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 10 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Regulator Type Input supply Regulated output range (V) VOUT programmable step (mV) IRATED (mA) LDO2 Linear (P-type) LDO12IN 1.5 V to 5.0 V — 400 LDO3 Linear (P-type) LDO3IN 1.5 V to 5.0 V — 400 LDO4 Linear (P-type) LDO4IN 1.5 V to 5.0 V — 400 VSNVS LDO/Switch VIN/LICELL 1.8 V/3.0 V/3.3 V — 10 12.4 Device differences Table 10. Device differences Description PF8200 PF8100 Bits not available on PF8100 During the self-test, the device checks: • The high speed oscillator circuit is operating within a maximum of 15 % tolerance • A CRC is performed on the mirror registers during the self-test routine to ensure the integrity of the registers before powering up • ABIST test on all voltage monitors and toggling signals Available Not available AB_SWx_OV AB_SWx_UV AB_LDOx_OVAB_LDOx_UV STEST_NOK Fail-safe state: to lock down the system in case of critical failures cycling the PMIC on/off Available Not available FS_CNT[3:0] OTP_FS_BYPASS OTP_FS_MAX_CNT[3:0] OTP_FS_OK_TIMER[2:0] ABIST on demand Available Not available AB_RUN Active safe state: allow the FSOB to remain asserted Available as long as any of the non-safe conditions are present. Allow the system to be set in safe state via the FSOB pin. Not available FSOB_ASS_NOK OTP_FSOB_ASS_EN (always 0) Not available I2C_SECURE_EN OTP_I2C_SECURE _EN (always 0) RANDOM_GEN[7:0] RANDOM_CHK[7:0] 2 2 Secure I C write: I C write procedure to modify 2 registers dedicated to safety features (I C CRC is still available) Available 13 State machine The PF8100/PF8200 features a state of the art state machine for seamless processor interface. The state machine handles the IC start up, provides fault monitoring and reporting, and protects the IC and the system during fault conditions. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 11 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications NO POWER VIN < UVDET CRITICAL FAILURE VIN > UVDET V1P5D_POR V1P5A_POR Regulators off FSOB = LOW* VSNVS = On* Fail-Safe State PF8200 only PF8100 only 1. FS_CNT < FS_MAX_CNT OR 2. OTP_FS_BYPASS = 1 OTP & Trim Load U VSNVS On* sts 3) te lf- T = e N il s U Fa _CO R T (S LP_Off P FS_CNT = FS_MAX_CNT && OTP_FS_BYPASS = 0 Fail-Safe Transition FS_CNT++ Regulators off VSNVS = On* FSOB = LOW* J K Fail self-test (ST_COUNT < 3) QPU_Off Off Modes O BG_OK OTP_OK 20 MHz_OK SelfTest F 2 ms delay L TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK = 0 Power Up RESETBMCU = HIGH Sequence M Sys ON Sequence D PU_FAIL = True Power up failure Q WD_Reset C Hard WD Reset Event WD_FAIL_CNT++ E ult Fa Turn-Off POWER DOWN 1. PWRON = 0 OR 2. PWRON H to L && PWRON = 0 > TRESET OR 3. PMIC_OFF = 1 && 500us_Shutdown_timer_expired OR 4. VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 1 && VIN_OVLO detected System ON Power up regulators per OTP sequence Fault Z ut Sh rn Tu N Power Down * Output is enabled/asserted if it is programmed to do so by the OTP configuration A Standby n dow ve fe of S Turn-off B RUN nt Fault POWER DOWN 1. WD_FAIL_CNT = WD_MAX_CNT OR 2. PU_FAIL = True OR 3. FAULT_CNT = FAULT_MAX_CNT OR 4. Fault_Timer_Expired OR 5. Tj > TSD aaa-028051 Figure 5. State diagram Table 11 lists the conditions for the different state machine transitions. Table 11. State machine transition definition Symbol Description Transition A Standby to run Transition B Run to standby Transition C System on to WD reset PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Conditions 1. STANDBY = 0 && STANDBYINV bit = 0 2. STANDBY = 1 && STANDBYINV bit = 1 1. (STANDBY = 1 && STANDBYINV bit = 0 2. STANDBY = 0 && STANDBYINV bit = 1 1. Hard WD Reset event All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 12 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Description Conditions Transition D WD reset to system on 1. 30 µs delay passed && WD_EVENT_CNT < WD_MAX_ CNT Transition E WD reset to power down (fault) 1. WD_EVENT_CNT = WD_MAX_CNT Transitory off state: device pass through LP_Off to Self-Test to QPU_Off (no power up event present) 1. LPM_OFF = 1 && TBBEN = Low Power up event from LP_Off state 2. LPM_OFF = 0 && TBBEN = Low && (PWRON = 1 && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0) && UVDET< VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 Transition J LP_Off to self-test (PF8200 only) Power up event from LP_Off state 3. LPM_OFF = 0 && TBBEN = Low && (PWRON H to L && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1 && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 Conditions: Transitory Off state to go into TBB Mode. Device pass through LP_Off to Self-Test to QPU_Off (no power up event present) 4. TBBEN = high (V1P5D) Transition K Self-test to QPU_Off (PF8200 only) 1. Pass Self-Tests 2. TBBEN = high (V1P5D) Transitory Off state: device pass through LP_Off to QPU_Off (no power up event present) 1. LPM_OFF = 1 && TBBEN = Low Transition F LP_Off to QPU_Off (PF8100 only) Power up event from LP_Off state 2. LPM_OFF = 0 && TBBEN = Low && (PWRON = 1 && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0) && UVDET< VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 Power up event from LP_Off state 3. LPM_OFF =0 && TBBEN = Low && (PWRON H to L && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1) && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD&& TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 Transitory Off state: device pass through LP_Off to QPU_Off (no power up event present) 4. TBBEN = High (V1P5D) PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 13 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Description Conditions Transitory QPU_Off state, power on event occurs from LP_ Off state, after self-test is passed, QPU_Off is just a transitory state until power up sequence starts. 1. LPM_OFF = 0 && TBBEN = Low && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK=0 Power up event from QPU_Off state 2. LPM_OFF = 1 && (PWRON = 1 && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0) && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK=0 Transition L QPU_Off to power up Power up event from QPU_Off state 3. LPM_OFF = 1 && (PWRON H to L && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1) && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK=0 Power up event from QPU_Off state 4. TBBEN = High && (PWRON = 1 && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0) && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK=0 Power up event from QPU_Off state 5. TBBEN = High && (PWRON H to L && OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1) && UVDET < VIN < VIN_OVLO (or VIN_OVLO disabled) && Tj < TSD && TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK=0 Transition M Power up sequence to system on 1. RESETBMCU is released as part of the power up sequence Requested turn off event 1. OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0 && PWRON = 0 Transition N System on to power down (turn off) Requested turn off event 2. OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1 && (PWRON H to L && PWRON = low for t > TRESET) Requested turn off event 3. PMIC_OFF = 1 && 500µs_Shutdown_Timer_Expired Protective turn off event (no PMIC fault) 4. VIN_OVLO_SDWN=1 && VIN_OVLO detected for longer than VIN_OVLO_DBNC time Turn off event due to PMIC fault 1. Fault Timer expired Transition Z System on to power down (fault) Turn off event due to PMIC fault 2. FAULT_CNT = FAULT_MAX_CNT Turn off event due to PMIC fault 3. Thermal shutdown Tj > TSD Transition O PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Power down (turn off) to LP_Off Requested turn off event moves directly to LP_Off 1. Power down sequences finished All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 14 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Description Conditions Transition Q Power up to power down (fault) Power up failure 1. Failure during power up sequence Transition R Self-test to fail-safe transition 1. Self-tests fail 3 times && TBBEN = low Transition S Power down (fault) to fail-safe transition Turn off event due to a fault condition moves to fail-safe transition 1. Power down sequence is finished Transition U Fail-safe transition to LP_Off Transition P Fail-safe transition to fail-safe state (PF8200 only) 1. FS_CNT < FS_MAX_CNT 2. OTP_FS_BYPASS = 1 1. FS_CNT = FS_MAX_CNT && OTP_FS_BYPASS = 0 13.1 States description 13.1.1 OTP/TRIM load Upon VIN application V1P5D and V1P5A regulators are turned on automatically. Once the V1P5D and V1P5A cross their respective POR thresholds, the fuses (for trim and 2 OTP) are loaded into the mirror registers and into the functional I C registers if configured by the voltage on the VDDOTP pin. The fuse circuits have a CRC error check routine which reports and protects against register loading errors on the mirror registers. If a register loading error is detected, the corresponding TRIM_NOK or OTP_NOK flag is asserted. See Section 17 "OTP/TBB and default configurations" for details on handling fuse load errors. If no fuse load errors are present, VSNVS is configured as indicated in the OTP configuration bits, and the state machine moves to the LP_OFF state. 13.1.2 LP_Off state The LP_Off state is a low power off mode selectable by the LPM_OFF bit during the system on modes. By default, the LPM_OFF = 0 when VIN crosses the UVDET threshold, therefore the state machine stops at the LP_Off state until a valid power up event is present. When LPM_OFF= 1, the state machine transitions automatically to the QPU_Off state if no power up event has been present and waits in the QPU_Off until a valid power up event is present. The selection of the LPM_OFF bit is based on whether prioritizing low quiescent current (stay in LP_Off) or quick power up (move to QPU_Off state). If a power up event is started in LP_Off state with LPM_OFF = 0 and a fuse loading error is detected, the PF8100/PF8200 ignores the power up event and remains in the LP_Off state to avoid any potential damage to the system. To be in LP_Off state, it is necessary to have VIN present. If a valid LICELL is present, but VIN is below the UVDET, the PF8100/PF8200 enters the coin cell state. 13.1.3 Self-test routine (PF8200 only) When device transitions from the LP_Off state, it turns on all necessary internal circuits as it moves into the self-test routine and performs a self-check routine to verify the integrity of the internal circuits. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 15 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications During the self-test routine the following blocks are verified: • The high speed clock circuit is operating within a maximum of 15 % tolerance • The output of the voltage generation bandgap and the monitoring bandgap are not more than 4 % to 12 % apart from each other • A CRC is performed on the mirror registers during the self-test routine, to ensure the integrity of the registers before powering up • ABIST test on all voltage monitors. To allow for varying settling times for the internal bandgap and clocks, the self-test block is executed up to 3 times (with 2.0 ms between each test) if a failure is encountered, the state machine proceeds to the fail-safe transition. A failure in the ABIST test is not interpreted as a self-test failure and it only sets the corresponding ABIST flag for system information. The MCU is responsible for reading the information and deciding whether it can continue with a safe operation. See Section 18.1 "System safety strategy" for more information about the functional safety strategy of PF8200. Upon a successful self-test, the state machine proceeds to the QPU_Off state. 13.1.4 QPU_Off state The QPU_Off state is a higher power consumption off mode, in which all internal circuitry required for a power on is biased and ready to start a power up sequence. If LPM_OFF = 1 and no turn on event is present, the device stops at the QPU_Off state, and waits until a valid turn on event is present. In this state, if VDDIO supply is provided externally, the device is able to communicate 2 through I C to access and modify the mirror registers in order to operate the device in TBB mode or to program the OTP registers as described in Section 17 "OTP/TBB and default configurations". By default, the coin cell charger is disabled during the QPU_Off state when VIN crosses the UVDET threshold, but it may be turned on or off in this state once it is programmed by COINCHG_OFF during the system-on states. If a power up event is started and any of the TRIM_NOK, OTP_NOK or STEST_NOK flags are asserted, the device ignores the power up event and remains in the QPU_Off state. See Section 17 "OTP/TBB and default configurations" for more details on debugging a fuse loading failure. Upon a power up event, the default configuration from OTP or hardwire is loaded into 2 their corresponding I C functional register in the transition from QPU_Off to power up state. 13.1.5 Power up sequence During the power up sequence, the external regulators are turned on in a predefined order as programmed by the default (OTP or hardwire) sequence. If PGOOD is used as a GPO, it can also be set high as part of the power up sequence in order to allow sequencing of any external supply/device controlled by the PGOOD pin. The RESETBMCU is also programmed as part of the power up sequence, and it is used as the condition to enter system-on states. The RESETBMCU may be released in the middle of the power up sequence, in this case, the remaining supplies in the power up PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 16 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications continues to power up as the device is in the run state. See Section 14.5.2 "Power up sequencing" for details. 13.1.6 System-on states During the system-on states, the MCU is powered and out of reset and the system is fully operational. The system on is a virtual state composed by two modes of operations: • Run state • Standby state Register to control the regulators output voltage, regulator enable, interrupt masks, and 2 other miscellaneous functions can be written to or read from the functional I C register map during the system-on states. 13.1.6.1 Run state If the power up state is successfully completed, the state machine transitions to the run state. In this state, RESETBMCU is released high, and the MCU is expected to boot up and set up specific registers on the PMIC as required during the system boot up process. The run mode is intended to be used as the normal mode of operation for the system. Each regulator has specific registers to control its output voltage, operation mode and/or enable/disable state during the run state. By default, the VSWx_RUN[7:0] / VLDOx_RUN[3:0] registers are loaded with the data stored in the OTP_VSWx[7:0] or OTP_VLDOx[3:0] bits respectively. SW7 uses only one global register to configure the output voltage during run or standby mode. Upon power up the VSW7[4:0] bits are loaded with the values of the OTP_VSW7[4:0]. Upon power up, if the switching regulator is part of the power up sequence, the SWx_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits will be loaded as needed by the system: • When OTP_SYNCIN_EN = 1, default SWx_RUN_MODE at power up is always set to PWM (0b01) • When OTP_SYNCOUT_EN = 1, default SWx_RUN_MODE at power up is always set to PWM (0b01) • When OTP_FSS_EN = 1, default SWx_RUN_MODE at power up shall always set to PWM (0b01) • If none of the above conditions are met, the default value of the SWx_RUN_MODE bits at power up will be set by the OTP_SW_MODE bits. When OTP_SW_MODE = 0, the default value of the SWx_RUN_MODE bits are set to 0b11 (autoskip). When OTP_SW_MODE = 1, the default value of the SWx_RUN_MODE bits are set to 0b01 (PWM). If the switching regulator is not part of the power up sequence, the SWx_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b00 (OFF mode). Likewise, if the LDO is part of the power up sequence, the LDOx_RUN_EN bit is set to 1 (enabled) by default. If the LDO is not selected as part of the power up sequence, the LDOx_RUN_EN bit is set to 0 (disabled) by default. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 17 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications In a typical system, each time the processor boots up (PMIC transitions from off mode to run state), all output voltage configurations are reset to the default OTP configuration, and the MCU should configure the PMIC to its desired usage in the application. 13.1.6.2 Standby state The standby state is intended to be used as a low power (state retention) mode of operation. In this state, the voltage regulators can be preset to a specific low power configuration in order to reduce the power consumption during system’s sleep or state retention modes of operations. The standby state is entered when the STANDBY pin is pulled high or low as defined by the STANBYINV bit. The STANDBY pin is pulled high/low by the MCU to enter/exit system low power mode. See Section 14.9.2 "STANDBY" for detailed configuration of the STANDBY pin. Each regulator has specific registers to control its output voltage, operation mode and/or enable/disable state during the standby state. By default, the VSWx_STBY[7:0] / VLDOx_STBY[3:0] registers are loaded with the data stored in the OTP_VSWx[7:0] or OTP_VLDOx[3:0] bits respectively. Upon power up, if the switching regulator is part of the power up sequence, the SWx_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits will be loaded as needed by the system: • When OTP_SYNCIN_EN = 1, default SWx_STBY_MODE at power up is always set to PWM (0b01) • When OTP_SYNCOUT_EN = 1, default SWx_STBY_MODE at power up is always set to PWM (0b01) • When OTP_FSS_EN = 1, default SWx_STBY_MODE at power up shall always set to PWM (0b01) • If none of the conditions above are met, the default value of the SWx_STBY_MODE bits at power up will be set by the OTP_SW_MODE bits. When OTP_SW_MODE = 0, the default value of the SWx_STBY_MODE bits are set to 0b11 (autoskip). When OTP_SW_MODE = 1, the default value of the SWx_STBY_MODE bits are set to 0b01 (PWM). If the switching regulator is not part of the power up sequence, the SWx_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b00 (OFF mode). Likewise, if the LDO is part of the power up sequence, the LDOx_RUN_EN bit is set to 1 (enabled) by default. If the LDO is not selected as part of the power up sequence, the LDOx_RUN_EN bit is set to 0 (disabled) by default. Upon power up, the standby registers are loaded with the same default OTP values as the run mode. The MCU is expected to program the desired standby values during boot up. If any of the external regulators are disabled in the standby state, the power down sequencer is engaged as described in Section 14.6.2 "Power down sequencing". 13.1.7 WD_Reset When a hard watchdog reset is present, the state machine increments the WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] register and compares against the WD_MAX_CNT[3:0] register. If WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] = WD_MAX_CNT[3:0], the state machine detects a cyclic PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 18 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications watchdog failure, it powers down the external regulators and proceeds to the fail-safe transition. If WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] < WD_MAX_CNT[3:0], the state machine performs a hard WD reset. A hard WD reset can be generated from either a transition in the WDI pin or a WD event initiated by the internal watchdog counter as described in Section 15.11.2 "Watchdog reset behaviors". 13.1.8 Power down state During power down state, all regulators except VSNVS are disabled as configured in the power down sequence. The power down sequence is programmable as defined in Section 14.6.2 "Power down sequencing". Two types of events may lead to the power down sequence: • Non faulty turn off events: move directly into LP_Off state as soon as power down sequence is finalized • Turn off events due to a PMIC fault: move to the fail-safe transition as soon as the power down sequence is finalized 13.1.9 Fail-safe transition The fail-safe transition is entered if the PF8100/PF8200 initiates a turn off event due to a PMIC fault. If the fail-safe transition is entered, the PF8100/PF8200 provides four FAIL bits to indicate the source of the failure: • The PU_FAIL is set to 1 when the device shuts down due to a power up failure • The WD_FAIL is set to 1 when the device shuts down due to a watchdog event counter max out • The REG_FAIL is set to 1 when the device shuts down due to a regulator failure (fault counter maxed out or fault timer expired) • The TSD_FAIL is set to 1 when the device shuts down due to a thermal shutdown The value of the FAIL bits is retained as long as VIN > UVDET. The MCU can read the FAIL bits during the system-on states in order to obtain information about the previous failure and can clear them by writing a 1 to them, provided the state machine is able to power up successfully after such failure. In PF8200, when the state machine enters the fail-safe transition, a fail-safe counter is compared and increased, if the FS_CNT[3:0] reaches the maximum count, the device can be programmed to move directly to the fail-safe state to prevent a cyclic failure from happening. 13.1.10 Fail-safe state (PF8200 only) The fail-safe state works as a safety lock-down upon a critical device/system failure. It is reached when the FS_CNT [3:0] = FS_MAX_CNT [3:0]. A bit is provided to enable or disable the device to enter the fail-safe state upon a cyclic failure. When the OTP_FS_BYPASS = 1, the fail-safe bypass operation is enabled and the device always move to the LP_Off state, regardless of the value of the FS_CNT[3:0]. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 19 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications If the OTP_FS_BYPASS = 0, the fail-safe bypass is disabled, and the device moves to the fail-safe state when the proper condition is met. The maximum number of times the device can pass through the fail-safe transition continuously prior to moving to a fail state is programmed by the OTP_FS_MAX_CNT[3:0] bits. If the FS_MAX_CNT[3:0] = 0x00, the device moves into the fail-safe state as soon as it fails for the very first time. If the FSOB pin is programmed to assert upon a specific fault, the FSOB pin remains asserted low during the fail-safe state if the corresponding fault is present when PF8200 reaches the fail-safe state. The device can exit the fail-safe state only after a power cycle (VIN crossing UVDET) event is present. To avoid reaching the fail-safe state due to isolated fail-safe transition events, the FS_CNT [3:0] is gradually decreased based on a fail-safe OK timer. The OTP_FS_OK_TIME[2:0] bits select the default time configuration for the fail-safe OK timer between 1 to 60 min. Table 12. Fail-safe OK timer configuration OTP_FS_OK_TIME[2:0] FS_CNT decrease period (min) 000 1 001 5 010 10 011 15 100 20 101 30 110 45 111 60 When the fail-safe OK timer reaches the configured time during the system-on states, the state machine decreases the FS_CNT[3:0] bits by one and starts a new count until the FS_CNT[3:0] is 0x00. The FS_CNT[3:0] may be manually cleared during the system on state if the system wants to control this counter manually. 13.1.11 Coin cell state When VIN is not present and LICELL pin has a valid voltage, the device is placed into a coin cell state. In such state, only VSNVS remains on (if programmed to do so by the OTP_VSNVSVOTL[1:0] bits) and is expected to provide power to the SNVS domain on the MCU as long as the LICELL pin has a valid input suitable to supply the configured VSNVS output voltage. 14 General device operation 14.1 UVDET UVDET works as the main operation threshold for the PF8100/PF8200. Crossing UVDET on the rising edge is a mandatory condition for OTP fuses to be loaded into the mirror registers and allows the main PF8100/PF8200 operation. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 20 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications If VIN is below the UVDET threshold, the device remains in an unpowered state if no valid LICELL is present, or in the LICELL mode if a valid LICELL voltage is present. A 200 mV hysteresis is implemented on the UVDET comparator to set the falling threshold. Table 13. UVDET threshold Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit UVDET Rising UVDET 2.7 2.8 2.9 V UVDET Falling UVDET 2.5 2.6 2.7 V 14.2 VIN OVLO condition The VIN_OVLO circuit monitors the main input supply of the PF8100/PF8200. When this block is enabled, the PF8100/PF8200 monitors its input voltage and can be programmed to react to an overvoltage in two ways: • When the VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 0, the VIN_OVLO event triggers an OVLO interrupt but does not turn off the device • When the VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 1, the VIN_OVLO event initiates a power down sequence When the VIN_OVLO_EN = 0, the OVLO monitor is disabled and when the VIN_OVLO_EN = 1, the OVLO monitor is enabled. The default configuration of the VIN_OVLO_EN bit is set by the OTP_VIN_OVLO_EN bit in OTP. Likewise, the default value of the VIN_OVLO_SDWN bit is set by the OTP_VIN_OVLO_SDWN upon power up. During a power up transition, if the OTP_VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 0 the device allows the external regulators to come up and the PF8100/PF8200 announces the VIN_OVLO condition through an interrupt. If the OTP_VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 1, the device stops the power up sequence and returns to the corresponding off mode. Debounce on the VIN_OVLO comparator is programmable to 10 µs, 100 µs or 1.0 ms, by the VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] bits. The default value for the VIN_OVLO debounce is set by the OTP_VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] bits upon power up. Table 14. VIN_OVLO debounce configuration VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] VIN OVLO debounce value (µs) 00 10 01 100 10 1000 11 Reserved Table 15. VIN_OVLO specifications Symbol Parameter VIN_OVLO VIN overvoltage lockout rising VIN_OVLO_HYS VIN overvoltage lockout hysteresis [1] PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Min Typ Max Unit [1] 5.55 5.8 6.0 V [1] — — 200 mV Operating the device above the maximum VIN = 5.5 V for extended periods of time may degrade and cause permanent damage to the device. All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 21 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 14.3 IC startup timing with PWRON pulled up The PF8100/PF8200 features a fast internal core power up sequence to fulfill system power up timings of 5.0 ms or less, from power application until MCU is out of reset. Such requirement needs a maximum ramp up time of 1.5 ms for VIN to cross the UVDET threshold in the rising edge. A maximum core biasing time of 1.5 ms from VIN crossing to UVDET until the beginning of the power up sequence is ensured to allow up to 1.5 ms time frame for the voltage regulators power up sequence. Timing for the external regulators to start up is programmed by default in the OTP fuses. The 5.0 ms power up timing requirement is only applicable when the PWRON pin operates in level sensitive mode OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0, however turn on timing is expected to be the same for both level or edge sensitive modes after the power on event is present. In applications using the VSNVS regulator, if VSNVS is required to reach regulation before system regulators come up, the system should use the SEQ[7:0] bits to delay the system regulators to allow enough time for VSNVS to reach regulation before the power up sequence is started. tvin_rise UVDET VIN 1.6 V V1P5D tstest_done Final VSNVS Regulation VSNVS PWRON tfirst STEST done (internal signal) Regulator Outputs (enable signals) treg2reset RESETBMCU Fuse Load Self Test aaa-028052 Figure 6. Startup with PWRON pulled up Table 16. Startup timing requirements (PWRON pulled up) Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit tvin_rise Rise time of VIN from VPWR application to UVDET (system dependent) 10 — 1500 µs PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 22 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit tstest_done Time from VIN crossing UVDET to STEST_ done going high (self-test performed and passed) — — 1.4 ms tfirst Time from STEST_done to first slot of power up sequence — — 100 µs treg2reset Time from first regulator enabled to RESETBMCU asserted to guarantee 5.0 ms PMIC boot up — — 1.5 ms [1] [1] External regulators power up sequence time (treg2reset) is programmed by OTP and may be longer than 1.5 ms. However, 1.5 ms is the maximum allowed time to ensure power up within 5.0 ms. 14.4 IC startup timing with PWRON pulled low during VIN application It is possible that PWRON is held low when VIN is applied. By default, LPM_OFF bit is reset to 0 upon crossing UVDET, therefore the PF8100/PF8200 remains in the LP_Off state as described in Section 13.1.2 "LP_Off state". In this scenario, quiescent current in the LP_Off state is kept to a minimum. When PWRON goes high with LPM_OFF = 0, the PMIC startup is expected to take longer, since it has to enable most of the internal circuits and perform the self-test before starting a power up sequence. Figure 7 shows startup timing with LPM_OFF = 0. tvin_rise UVDET VIN 1.6 V V1P5D Final Regulation VSNVS PWRON tfuseLoad tpwrup_lpm Fuse load done (internal signal) tfirst STEST done (internal signal) Regulator Outputs treg2reset RESETBMCU Fuse Load Self-Test LP_OFF State aaa-028053 Figure 7. Startup with PWRON driven high externally and bit LPM_OFF = 0 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 23 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 17. Startup with PWRON driven high externally and LPM_OFF = 0 Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit tvin_rise Rise time of VIN from VPWR application to UVDET (system dependent) 10 — 1500 µs tfuseload Time from VIN crossing UVDET to Fuse_Load_ done (fuse loaded correctly) — — 600 µs tpwrup_lpm Time from PWRON going high to the STEST_ done (self-test performed and passed) — — 700 µs tfirst Time from STEST_done to first slot of power up sequence — — 100 µs treg2reset Time from first regulator enabled to RESETBMCU asserted to guarantee 5.0 ms PMIC boot up — — 1.5 ms [1] [1] External regulators power up sequence time (treg2reset) is programmed by OTP and may be longer than 1.5 ms. 14.5 Power up 14.5.1 Power up events Upon a power cycle (VIN > UVDET), the LPM_OFF bit is reset to 0, therefore the device moves to the LP_Off state by default. The actual value of the LPM_OFF bit can be changed during the run mode and is maintained until VIN crosses the UVDET threshold. In either one of the off modes, the PF8100/PF8200 can be enabled by the following power up events: 1. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0, PWRON pin is pulled high. 2. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1, PWRON pin experiences a high to low transition and remains low for as long as the PWRON_DBNC timer. A power up event is valid only if: • • • • VIN > UVDET VIN < VIN_OVLO (unless the OVLO is disabled or OTP_VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 0) Tj < thermal shutdown threshold TRIM_NOK = 0 && OTP_NOK = 0 && STEST_NOK = 0 14.5.2 Power up sequencing The power up sequencer controls the time and order in which the voltage regulators and other controlling I/O are enabled when going from the off mode into the run state. The OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] bits set the default time base for the power up and power down sequencer. The SEQ_TBASE[1:0] bits can be modified during the system-on states in order to change the sequencer timing during run/standby transitions as well as the power down sequence. Table 18. Power up time base register PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet OTP bits OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] Functional bits SEQ_TBASE[1:0] Sequencer time base (µs) 00 00 30 01 01 120 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 24 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications OTP bits OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] Functional bits SEQ_TBASE[1:0] Sequencer time base (µs) 10 10 250 11 11 500 The power up sequence may include any of the following: • • • • Switching regulators LDO Regulators PGOOD pin if programmed as a GPO RESETBMCU The default sequence slot for each one of these signals is programmed via the OTP 2 configuration registers. And they can be modified in the functional I C register map to change the order in which the sequencer behaves during the run/standby transitions as well as the power down sequence. The _SEQ[7:0] bits set the regulator/pin sequence from 0 to 254. Sequence code 0x00 indicates that the particular output is not part of the startup sequence and remains in off (in case of a regulator) or remains low/disabled (in case of PGOOD pin used as a GPO). Table 19. Power up sequence registers OTP bits OTP_SWx_SEQ[7:0]/ OTP_LDOx_SEQ[7:0]/ OTP_PGOOD_SEQ[7:0]/ OTP_RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] Functional bits SWx_SEQ[7:0]/ LDOx_SEQ[7:0]/ PGOOD_SEQ[7:0]/ RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] Sequence slot Startup time (µs) 00000000 00000000 Off Off 00000001 00000001 0 SLOT0 (right after PWRON event is valid) 00000010 00000010 1 SEQ_TBASE x SLOT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 11111111 11111111 254 SEQ_TBASE x SLOT254 If RESETBMCU is not programmed in the OTP sequence, it will be enabled by default after the last regulator programmed in the power up sequence. When the _SEQ[7:0] bits of all regulators and PGOOD used as a GPIO are set to 0x00 (off) and a power on event is present, the device moves to the run state in slave mode. In this mode, the device is enabled without any voltage regulator or GPO enabled. If the RESETBMCU is not programed in a power up sequence slot, it is released when the device enters the run state. The slave mode is a special case of the power up sequence to address the scenario where the PF8100/PF8200 is working as a slave PMIC, and supplies are meant to be enabled by the MCU during the system operation. In this scenario, if RESETBMCU is used, it is connected to the master RESETBMCU pin. The PWRUP_I interrupt bit is asserted at the end of the power up sequence when the time slot of the last regulator in the sequence has ended. Figure 8 provides an example of the power up/down sequence coming from the off modes. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 25 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications SW1 LDO1 SW5 RESETBMCU System On SW2 LDO2 INTB Power up Seq. Off to Run End of PWRUP Start of PWRDN Power down Seq. Run to Off End of PWRDN aaa-028054 Figure 8. Power up/down sequence between off and system-on states When transitioning from standby mode to run mode, the power up sequencer is activated only if any of the external regulators is re-enabled during this transition. If none of the regulators toggle from off to on and only voltage changes are being performed when entering or exiting standby mode, the changes for the voltage regulators are made simultaneously rather than going through the power up sequencer. Figure 9 shows an example of the power up/down sequence when transitioning between run and standby modes. SW1 SW2 SW5 LDO1 LDO2 RESETBMCU INTB Run Mode PWRDN Sequence from Run to STBY STBY Mode PWRUP Sequence from STBY to Run PWRDN_l PWRUP_l aaa-028055 Figure 9. Power up/down sequence between run and standby The PWRUP_I interrupt is set while transitioning from standby to run, even if the sequencer is not used. This is used to indicate that the transition is complete and device is ready to perform proper operation. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 26 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 14.6 Power down 14.6.1 Turn off events Turn off events may be requested by the MCU (non-PMIC fault related) or due to a critical failure of the PMIC (hard fault condition). The following are considered non-PMIC failure turn off events: 1. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0, the device starts a power down sequence when the PWRON pin is pulled low. 2. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1, the device starts a power down sequence when the PWRON pin sees a transition from high to low and remains low for longer than TRESET. 3. When bit PMIC_OFF is set to 1, the device starts a 500 µs shutdown timer. When the shutdown timer is started, the PF8100/PF8200 sets the SDWN_I interrupt and asserts the INTB pin provided it is not masked. At this point, the MCU can read the interrupt and decide whether to continue with the turn off event or stop it in case it was sent by mistake. If the SDWN_I bit is cleared before the 500 µs shutdown timer is expired, the shutdown request is cancelled and the shutdown timer is reset; otherwise, if the shutdown timer is expired, the PF8100/PF8200 starts a power down sequence. The PMIC_OFF bit self-clears after SDWN_I flag is cleared. 4. When VIN_OVLO_EN = 1 and VIN_OVLO_SDWN = 1, and a VIN_OVLO event is present. Turn off events due to a hard fault condition: 1. If an OV, UV or ILIM condition is present long enough for the fault timer to expire. 2. In the event that an OV, UV or ILIM condition appears and clears cyclically, and the FAULT_CNT[3:0] = FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0]. 3. If the watchdog fail counter is overflown, that is WD_EVENT_CNT = WD_MAX_CNT. 4. When Tj crosses the thermal shutdown threshold as the temperature rises. When the PF8100/PF8200 experience a turn off event due to a hard fault condition, the devices pass through the fail-safe transition after regulators have been powered down. 14.6.2 Power down sequencing During a power down sequence, output voltage regulators can be turned off in two different modes as defined by the PWRDWN_MODE bit. 1. When PWRDWN_MODE = 0, the regulators power down in sequential mode. 2. When PWRDWN_MODE = 1, the regulators power down by groups. During transition from run to standby, the power down sequencer is activated in the corresponding mode. If any of the external regulators are turned off in the standby configuration. If external regulators are not turned off during this transition, the power down sequencer is bypassed and the transition happens at once (any associated DVS transitions could still take time). The PWRDN_I interrupt is set at the end of the transition from run to standby when the last regulator has reached its final state, even if external regulators are not turned off during this transition. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 27 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 14.6.2.1 Sequential power down When the device is set to the sequential power down, it uses the same _SEQ[7:0] registers as the power up sequence to power down in reverse order. All regulators with the _SEQ[7:0] bits set to 0x00, power down immediately and the remaining regulators power down one OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] delay after, in reverse order as defined in the _SEQ[7:0] bits. If PGOOD pin is used as a GPO, it is de-asserted as part of the power down sequence as indicated by the PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] bits. If the MCU requires a different power down sequence, it can change the values of the SEQ_TBASE[1:0] and the _SEQ[7:0] bits during the system-on states. When the state machine pass through any of the off modes, the contents of the SEQ_TBASE[1:0] and _SEQ[7:0] bits are reloaded with the corresponding mirror register (OTP) values before it starts the next power up sequence. 14.6.2.2 Group power down When the device is configured to power down in groups, the regulators are assigned to a specific power down group. All regulators assigned to the same group are disabled at the same time when the corresponding group is due to be disabled. Power down groups shut down in decreasing order starting from the lowest hierarchy group with a regulator shutting down (for instance, Group 4 being the lowest hierarchy and Group 1 the highest hierarchy group). If no regulators are set to the lowest hierarchy group, the power down sequence timer starts off the next available group that contains a regulator to power down. Each regulator has its own _PDGRP[1:0] bits to set the power down group it belongs to as shown in Table 20. Table 20. Power down regulator group bits OTP_SWx_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_LDOx_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] SWx_PDGRP[1:0] LDOx_PDGRP[1:0] PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] Description 00 00 Regulator belongs to Group 4 01 01 Regulator belongs to Group 3 10 10 Regulator belongs to Group 2 11 11 Regulator belongs to Group 1 If PGOOD pin is used as a GPO, the PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] is used to turn off the PGOOD pin in a specific group during the power down sequence. If PGOOD pin is used in power good mode, it is recommended that the OTP_PGOOD_PDGRP bits are set to 11 to ensure the group power down sequencer does not detect these bits as part of Group 4. Each one of power down groups have programmable time delay registers to set the time delay after the regulators in this group have been turned off, and the next group can start to power down. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 28 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 21. Power down counter delay OTP bits OTP_GRPx_DLY[1:0] Functional bits GRPx_DLY[1:0] Power down delay (µs) 00 00 120 01 01 250 10 10 500 11 11 1000 If RESETBMCU is required to be asserted first before any of the external regulators from the corresponding group, the RESETBMCU_DLY provides a selectable delay to disable the regulators after RESETBMCU is asserted. Table 22. Programmable delay after RESETBMCU is asserted OTP bits OTP_RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] Functional bits RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] RESETBMCU delay (µs) 00 00 No delay 01 01 10 10 10 100 11 11 500 If RESETBMCU_DLY is set to 0x00, all regulators in the same power down group as RESETBMCU is disabled at the same time RESETBMCU is asserted. Figure 10 shows an example of the power down sequence when PWRDWN_MODE = 1. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 29 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications PDWN_GRP1 GPR1_DLY = 120 µs SW1 LDO1 RESETBMCU_DLY = 10 µS PDWN_GRP2 GPR2_DLY = 120 µs SW2 SW3 SW4 PDWN_GRP3 GPR3_DLY = 120 µs LDO2 LDO3 LDO4 PDWN_GRP4 NA PWRON LDO2 LDO3 LDO4 SW2 SW3 SW4 RESETBMCU SW1 LDO1 120 µs GRP1_DLY End of Power Down GRP1 SDWN SUPPLIES 10 µs RESETBMCU asserted 120 µs GRP2_DLY GRP2 SDWN PWRDN EVENT GRP3 SDWN 120 µs GRP3_DLY aaa-028056 Figure 10. Group power down sequence example 14.6.2.3 Power down delay After a power down sequence is started, the PWRON pin shall be masked until the sequence is finished and the programmable power down delay is reached, then the device can power up again if a power-up event is present. The power down delay time can be programed on OTP via the OTP_PD_SEQ_DLY[1:0] bits. Table 23. Power down delay selection PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet OTP_PD_SEQ_DLY[1:0] Delay after power down sequence 00 No delay 01 1.5 ms 10 5.0 ms 11 10 ms All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 30 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications power down delay system on state power down sequence OFF state shutdown event PWRON regulator outputs VSNVS RESETBMCU power down sequence power down delay aaa-029211 Figure 11. Power down delay The default value of the OTP_PD_SEQ_DLY[1:0] bits on an unprogrammed OTP device shall be 00. 14.7 Fault detection Three types of faults are monitored per regulator: UV, OV and ILIM. Faults are monitored during power up sequence, run, standby and WD reset states. A fault event is notified to the MCU through the INTB pin if the corresponding fault is not masked. The fault configuration registers are reset to their default value after the power up sequences, and system must configure them as required during the boot-up process via 2 I C commands. 2 For each type of fault, there is an I C bit that is used to select whether the regulator is kept enabled or disabled when the corresponding regulator experience a fault event. SWx_ILIM_STATE / LDOx_ILIM_STATE • 0 = regulator disable upon an ILIM fault event • 1 = regulator remains on upon an ILIM fault event SWx_OV_STATE / LDOx_OV_STATE • 0 = regulator disable upon an OV fault event • 1 = regulator remains on upon an OV fault event SWx_UV_STATE / LDOx_UV_STATE • 0 = regulator disable upon an UV fault event • 1 = regulator remains on upon an UV fault event The following table lists the functional bits associated with enabling/disabling the external regulators when they experience a fault. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 31 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 24. Regulator control during fault event bits Regulator Bit to disable the Bit to disable the regulator during current regulator during limit undervoltage Bit to disable the regulator during overvoltage SW1 SW1_ILIM_STATE SW1_UV_STATE SW1_OV_STATE SW2 SW2_ILIM_STATE SW2_UV_STATE SW2_OV_STATE SW3 SW3_ILIM_STATE SW3_UV_STATE SW3_OV_STATE SW4 SW4_ILIM_STATE SW4_UV_STATE SW4_OV_STATE SW5 SW5_ILIM_STATE SW5_UV_STATE SW5_OV_STATE SW6 SW6_ILIM_STATE SW6_UV_STATE SW6_OV_STATE SW7 SW7_ILIM_STATE SW7_UV_STATE SW7_OV_STATE LDO1 LDO1_ILIM_STATE LDO1_UV_STATE LDO1_OV_STATE LDO2 LDO2_ILIM_STATE LDO2_UV_STATE LDO2_OV_STATE LDO3 LDO3_ILIM_STATE LDO3_UV_STATE LDO3_OV_STATE LDO4 LDO4_ILIM_STATE LDO4_UV_STATE LDO4_OV_STATE ILIM faults are debounced for 1.0 ms before they can be detected as a fault condition. If the regulator is programed to disable upon an ILIM condition, the regulator turns off as soon as the ILIM condition is detected. OV/UV faults are debounced as programmed by the OV_DB and UV_DB registers, before they are detected as a fault condition. If the regulator is programmed to disable upon an OV or UV, the regulator will turn off if the fault persist for longer than 300 µs after the OV/UV fault has been detected. RegX_STATE = 0 && Regx_FLT_REN = 0 OV/UV fault REGx REGx_EN User Enabled RegX_PG PGOOD 300 µs RegX_STATE = 0 && Regx_FLT_REN = 0 ILIM fault REGx I_REGx ILIM REGx_EN User Enabled 1 ms aaa-028057 Figure 12. Regulator turned off with RegX_STATE = 0 and FLT_REN = 0 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 32 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications When a regulator is programmed to disable upon an OV, UV, or ILIM fault, a bit is provided to decide whether a regulator can return to its previous configuration or remain disabled when the fault condition is cleared. SWx_FLT_REN / LDOx_FLT_REN • 0 = regulator remains disabled after the fault condition is cleared or no longer present • 1 = regulator returns to its previous state if fault condition is cleared If a regulator is programmed to remain disabled after clearing the fault condition, the MCU can turn it back on during the system on states by toggling off and on the corresponding mode/enable bits. When the bit SWx_FLT_REN = 1, if a regulator is programmed to turn off upon an OV, UV or ILIM condition, the regulator returns to its previous state 500 µs after the fault condition is cleared. If the regulator is programmed to turn off upon an ILIM condition, the device may take up to 1.0 ms to debounce the ILIM condition removal, in addition to the 500 µs wait period to re-enable the regulator. RegX_STATE = 0 && FLT_REN = 1 OV/UV fault REGx REGx_EN REGx_PG PGOOD 300 µs 300 µs 500 µs 500 µs RegX_STATE = 0 && FLT_REN = 1 ILIM fault REGx I_REGx ILIM REGx_EN 1 ms 1.5 ms 1 ms 1.5 ms aaa-028058 Figure 13. Regulator turned off with RegX_STATE = 0 and FLT_REN = 1 When the LDO2 is controlled by hardware using the LDO2EN pin and programmed to turn off upon an OV, UV or ILIM fault, the LDO2_FLT_REN bit still controls whether the regulator returns to its previous state or not regardless the state of the LDO2EN pin. If LDO2 controlled by LDO2EN pin is instructed to remain disabled by the LDO2_FLT_REN bit, it recovers hardware control by modifying the LDO2_EN bits in the 2 I C register maps. See Section 14.9.10 "LDO2EN" for details on hardware control of LDO2 regulator. To avoid fault cycling, a global fault counter is provided. Each time any of the external regulators encounter a fault event, the PF8100/PF8200 compares the value of the FAULT_CNT[3:0] against the FAULT_MAX_CNT, and if it not equal, it increments the FAULT_CNT[3:0] and proceeds with the fault protection mechanism. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 33 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The processor is expected to read the counter value and reset it when the faults have been cleared and the device returns to a normal operation. If the processor does not reset the fault counter and it equals the FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] value, the state machine initiates a power down sequence. The default value of the FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] is loaded from the OTP_FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] bits during the power up sequence. When the FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] is set to 0x00, the system disables the turn-off events due to a Fault Counter maxing out. When a regulator experiences a fault event, a fault timer is started. While this timer is in progress, the expectation is that the processor takes actions to clear the fault. For example, it could reduce its load in the event of a current limit fault, or turn off the regulator in the event of an overvoltage fault. If the fault clears before the timer expires, the state machine resumes the normal operation, and the fault timer gets reset. If the fault does not clear before the timer expires, a power down sequence is initiated to turn off the voltage regulators. The default value of the fault timer is set by the OTP_TIMER_FAULT[3:0], however the duration of the fault timer can be changed during the system on states by modifying the 2 TIMER_FAULT[3:0] bits in the I C registers. Table 25. Fault timer register configuration OTP bits OTP_TIMER_FAULT [3:0] Functional bits TIMER_FAULT [3:0] Timer value (ms) 0000 0000 1 0001 0001 2 0010 0010 4 0011 0011 8 0100 0100 16 0101 0101 32 0110 0110 64 0111 0111 128 1000 1000 256 1001 1001 512 1010 1010 1024 1011 1011 2056 1100 1100 Reserved 1101 1101 Reserved 1110 1110 Reserved 1111 1111 Disabled 2 Each voltage regulator has a dedicated I C bit that is used to bypass the fault detection mechanism for each specific fault. SWx_ILIM_BYPASS / LDOx_ILIM_BYPASS • 0 = ILIM protection enabled • 1 = ILIM fault bypassed SWx_OV_BYPASS / LDOx_OV_BYPASS PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 34 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • 0 = OV protection enabled • 1 = OV fault bypassed SWx_UV_BYPASS / LDOx_UV_BYPASS • 0 = UV protection enabled • 1 = UV fault bypassed Table 26. Fault bypass bits Regulator Bit to bypass a current limit Bit to bypass an undervoltage Bit to bypass an overvoltage SW1 SW1_ILIM_BYPASS SW1_UV_BYPASS SW1_OV_BYPASS SW2 SW2_ILIM_BYPASS SW2_UV_BYPASS SW2_OV_BYPASS SW3 SW3_ILIM_BYPASS SW3_UV_BYPASS SW3_OV_BYPASS SW4 SW4_ILIM_BYPASS SW4_UV_BYPASS SW4_OV_BYPASS SW5 SW5_ILIM_BYPASS SW5_UV_BYPASS SW5_OV_BYPASS SW6 SW6_ILIM_BYPASS SW6_UV_BYPASS SW6_OV_BYPASS SW7 SW7_ILIM_BYPASS SW7_UV_BYPASS SW7_OV_BYPASS LDO1 LDO1_ILIM_BYPASS LDO1_UV_BYPASS LDO1_OV_BYPASS LDO2 LDO2_ILIM_BYPASS LDO2_UV_BYPASS LDO2_OV_BYPASS LDO3 LDO3_ILIM_BYPASS LDO3_UV_BYPASS LDO3_OV_BYPASS LDO4 LDO4_ILIM_BYPASS LDO4_UV_BYPASS LDO4_OV_BYPASS The default value of the OV_BYPASS, UV_BYPASS and ILIM_BYPASS bits upon power up can be configured by their corresponding OTP bits. Bypassing the fault detection prevents the specific fault from starting any of the protective mechanism: • • • • Increment the counter Start the Fault timer Disable the regulator if the corresponding _STATE bit is 0 OV / UV condition asserting the PGOOD pin low When a fault is bypassed, the corresponding interrupt bit is still set and the INTB pin is asserted, provided the interrupt has not been masked. 14.7.1 Fault monitoring during power up state An OTP bit is provided to select whether the output of the switching regulators is verified during the power up sequence and used as a gating condition to release the RESETBMCU or not. • When OTP_PG_CHECK = 0, the output voltage of the regulators is not checked during the power up sequence and power good indication is not required to de-assert the RESETBMCU. In this scenario, the OV/UV monitors are masked until RESETBMCU is released; after this event, all regulators may start checking for faults after their corresponding blanking period. • When OTP_PG_CHECK = 1, the output voltage of the regulators is verified during the power up sequence and a power good condition is required to release the RESETBMCU. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 35 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications When OTP_PG_CHECK = 1, OV and UV faults during the power up sequence are reported based on the internal PG (Power Good) signals of the corresponding external regulator. The PGOOD pin can be used as an external indicator of an OV/UV failure when the RESETBMCU is ready to be de-asserted and it has been configured in the PGOOD mode. See Section 14.9.8 "PGOOD" for details on PGOOD pin operation and configuration. Regardless of the PGOOD pin configured as a power good indicator or not, the PF8100/ PF8200 masks the detection of an OV/UV failure until RESETBMCU is ready to be released, at this point the device checks for any OV/UV condition for the regulators turned on so far. If all regulators powered up before or in the same sequence slot than RESETBMCU are in regulation, RESETBMCU is de-asserted and the power up sequence can continue as shown in Figure 14. RESETBMCU PGOOD (optional) REG4_PG REG4 REG3_PG REG3 REG2_PG REG2 REG1_PG REG1 PG' sOK SEQ SLOT 3 SEQ SLOT 2 SEQ SLOT 1 SYSTEM ON aaa-028059 Figure 14. Correct power up (no fault during power up) If any of the regulators are powered up before RESETBMCU is out of regulator, RESETBMCU is not de-asserted and the power up sequence is stopped for up to 2.0 ms. If the fault is cleared and all internal PG signals are asserted within the 2.0 ms timer, RESETBMCU is de-asserted and the power up sequence continues where it stopped as shown in Figure 15. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 36 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications RESETBMCU PGOOD (optional) REG4_PG REG4 REG3_PG REG3 REG2_PG REG2 REG1_PG PG's NOK SEQ SLOT 3 SEQ SLOT 2 SEQ SLOT 1 REG1 SYSTEM ON Regulator Recovery < 2 ms aaa-028060 Figure 15. Power up sequencer with a temporary failure If the faulty condition is not cleared within the 2.0 ms timer, the power up sequence is aborted and the PF8100/PF8200 turn off all voltage regulators enabled so far as shown in Figure 16. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 37 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications RESETBMCU PGOOD (optional) REG4_PG REG4 REG3_PG REG3 REG2_PG REG2 REG1_PG REG1 Reg Power down PWRUP Fail PG's NOK SEQ SLOT 3 SEQ SLOT 2 SEQ SLOT 1 2 ms (max) Recovery aaa-028061 Figure 16. Power up sequencer aborted as fault persists for longer than 2.0 ms Supplies enabled after RESETBMCU are checked for OV, UV and ILIM faults after each of them is enabled. If an OV, UV or ILIM condition is present, the PF8100/PF8200 starts a fault detection and protection mechanism as described in Section 14.7 "Fault detection". At this point, the MCU should be able to read the interrupt and react upon a fault event as defined by the system. When OTP_PG_CHECK=1, if PGOOD is used as a GPIO, it may be released at any time in the power up sequence as long as the RESETBMCU is released after one or more of the SW or LDO regulators. If a regulator fault occurs after RESETBMCU is de-asserted but before the power up sequence is finalized, the power up sequence continues to turn on the remaining regulators as configured, even if a fault detection mechanism is active on an earlier regulator. 14.8 Interrupt management The MCU is notified of any interrupt through the INTB pin and various interrupt registers. The interrupt registers are composed by three types of bits to help manage all the interrupt requests in the PF8100/PF8200: • The interrupt latch XXXX_I: this bit is set when the corresponding interrupt event occurs. It can be read at any time, and is cleared by writing a 1 to the bit. • The mask bit XXXX_M: this bit controls whether a given interrupt latch pulls the INTB pin low or not. • When the mask bit is 1, the interrupt latch does not control the INTB pin. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 38 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • When the mask bit is 0, INTB pin is pulled low as long as the corresponding latch bit is set. • The sense bit XXXX_S: if available, the sense bit provides the actual status of the signal triggering the interrupt. The INTB pin is a reflection of an “OR” logic of all the interrupt status bits which control the pin. Interrupts are stored in two levels on the interrupts registers. At first level, the SYS_INT register provides information about the Interrupt register that originated the interrupt event. The corresponding SYS_INT bits will be set as long as the INTB pin is programmed to assert with any of the interrupt bits of the respective interrupt registers. • STATUS1_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within the INT STATUS1 register • STATUS2_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within the INT STATUS2 register • MODE_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within the SW MODE INT register • ILIM_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within any of the SW ILIM INT or LDO ILIM INT registers • UV_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within any of the SW UV INT or LDO UV INT registers • OV_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within any of the SW OV INT or LDO OV INT registers • PWRON_I: this bit is set when the interrupt is generated within the PWRON INT register • EWARN_I: is set when an early warning event occurs to indicate an imminent shutdown The SYS_INT bits are set when the INTB pin is asserted by any of the second level interrupt bits that have not been masked in their corresponding mask registers. When the second level interrupt bit is cleared, the corresponding first level interrupt bit on the SYS_INT register will be cleared automatically. The INTB pin will remain asserted if any of the first level interrupt bit is set, and it will be de-asserted only when all the unmasked second level interrupts are cleared and thus all the first level interrupts are cleared as well. At second level, the remaining registers provide the exact source for the interrupt event. Table 27 shows a summary of the interrupt latch, mask and sense pins available on the PF8100/PF8200. Table 27. Interrupt registers Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 INT STATUS1 SDWN_I FREQ_RDY_I CRC_I PWRUP_I PWRDN_I XINTB_I FSOB_I VIN_OVLO_I INT MASK1 SDWN_M FREQ_RDY_M CRC_M PWRUP_M PWRDN_M XINTB_M FSOB_M VIN_OVLO_M INT SENSE1 — — — — — XINTB_S FSOB_S VIN_OVLO_S THERM INT WDI_I FSYNC_FLT_I THERM_155_I THERM_140_I THERM_125_I THERM_110_I THERM_95_I THERM_80_I THERM MASK WDI_M FSYNC_FLT_M THERM_155_M THERM_140_M THERM_125_M THERM_110_M THERM_95_M THERM_80_M THERM SENSE WDI_S FSYNC_FLT_S THERM_155_S THERM_140_S THERM_125_S THERM_110_S THERM_95_S THERM_80_S SW MODE INT — SW7_MODE_I SW6_MODE_I SW5_MODE_I SW4_MODE_I SW3_MODE_I SW2_MODE_I SW1_MODE_I SW MODE MASK — SW7_MODE_M SW6_MODE_M SW5_MODE_M SW4_MODE_M SW3_MODE_M SW2_MODE_M SW1_MODE_M PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 39 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 SW ILIM INT — SW7_ILIM_I SW6_ILIM_I SW5_ILIM_I SW4_ILIM_I SW3_ILIM_I SW2_ILIM_I SW1_ILIM_I SW ILIM MASK — SW7_ILIM_M SW6_ILIM_M SW5_ILIM_M SW4_ILIM_M SW3_ILIM_M SW2_ILIM_M SW1_ILIM_M SW ILIM SENSE — SW7_ILIM_S SW6_ILIM_S SW5_ILIM_S SW4_ILIM_S SW3_ILIM_S SW2_ILIM_S SW1_ILIM_S LDO ILIM INT — — — — LDO4_ILIM_I LDO3_ILIM_I LDO2_ILIM_I LDO1_ILIM_I LDO ILIM MASK — — — — LDO4_ILIM_M LDO3_ILIM_M LDO2_ILIM_M LDO1_ILIM_M LDO ILIM SENSE — — — — LDO4_ILIM_S LDO3_ILIM_S LDO2_ILIM_S LDO1_ILIM_S SW UV INT — SW7_UV_I SW6_UV_I SW5_UV_I SW4_UV_I SW3_UV_I SW2_UV_I SW1_UV_I SW UV MASK — SW7_UV_M SW6_UV_M SW5_UV_M SW4_UV_M SW3_UV_M SW2_UV_M SW1_UV_M SW UV SENSE — SW7_UV_S SW6_UV_S SW5_UV_S SW4_UV_S SW3_UV_S SW2_UV_S SW1_UV_S SW OV INT — SW7_OV_I SW6_OV_I SW5_OV_I SW4_OV_I SW3_OV_I SW2_OV_I SW1_OV_I SW OV MASK — SW7_OV_M SW6_OV_M SW5_OV_M SW4_OV_M SW3_OV_M SW2_OV_M SW1_OV_M SW OV SENSE — SW7_OV_S SW6_OV_S SW5_OV_S SW4_OV_S SW3_OV_S SW2_OV_S SW1_OV_S LDO UV INT — — — — LDO4_UV_I LDO3_UV_I LDO2_UV_I LDO1_UV_I LDO UV MASK — — — — LDO4_UV_M LDO3_UV_M LDO2_UV_M LDO1_UV_M LDO UV SENSE — — — — LDO4_UV_S LDO3_UV_S LDO2_UV_S LDO1_UV_S LDO OV INT — — — — LDO4_OV_I LDO3_OV_I LDO2_OV_I LDO1_OV_I LDO OV MASK — — — — LDO4_OV_M LDO3_OV_M LDO2_OV_M LDO1_OV_M LDO OV SENSE — — — — LDO4_OV_S LDO3_OV_S LDO2_OV_S LDO1_OV_S PWRON INT BGMON_I PWRON_8S_I PWRON_4S_I PRON_3S_I PWRON_2S_I PWRON_1S_I PWRON_REL_I PWRON_PUSH_I PWRON MASK BGMON_M PWRON_8S_M PWRON_4S_M PRON_3S_M PWRON_2S_M PWRON_1S_M PWRON_REL_M PWRON_PUSH_ M PWRON SENSE BGMON_S — — — — — — PWRON_S SYS INT EWARN_I PWRON_I OV_I UV_I ILIM_I MODE_I STATUS2_I STATUS1_I 14.9 I/O interface pins 2 The PF8100/PF8200 PMIC is fully programmable via the I C interface. Additional communication between MCU, PF8100/PF8200 and other companion PMIC is provided by direct logic interfacing including INTB, RESETBMCU, PGOOD, among other pins. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 40 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications V1P5A VDDIO PMIC1 XINTB PMIC2 XINTB WDI INTB RESETBMCU PWRON STANDBY EWARN LDO2EN PGOOD VSELECT GPIO (optional) GPIO (optional) SD2_PWR_EN_B VDDIO SD2_VSELECT VDDIO GPIO (optional) FSOB TBBEN WDI VIN/ VDDIO VDDIO GPIO (optional) INT_B POR_B PMIC_STBY_REQ PMIC_ON_REQ SD1_PWR_EN_B EARLY_WARNING VDDIO XFAILB WDOG_B INTB RESETBMCU PWRON STANDBY EWARN LDO2EN PGOOD VSELECT VDDIO SD1_VSELECT GPIO (optional) VIN/ VDDIO GPIO (optional) FSOB TBBEN XFAILB i.MX8 MCU aaa-028062 Figure 17. I/O interface diagram Table 28. I/O electrical specifications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit PWRON_ VIL PWRON low input voltage — — 0.4 V PWRON_ VIH PWRON high input voltage 1.4 — 5.5 V STANDBY_ VIL STANDBY low input voltage — — 0.4 V STANDBY_ VIH STANDBY high input voltage 1.4 — 5.5 V 0 — 0.4 RESETBMCU_ VOL RESETBMCU low output voltage 10 mA load current V INTB_ VOL INTB low output voltage 10 mA load current 0 — 0.4 XINTB_ VIL XINTB low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V XINTB_ VIH XINTB high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — 5.5 V RXINTB_PU XINTB internal pullup resistance 0.475 1.0 — MΩ WDI_ VIL WDI low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V WDI_ VIH WDI high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — 5.5 V RWDI_PD WDI internal pull down resistance 0.475 1.0 — MΩ EWARN_ VOH EWARN high output voltage 2.0 mA load current VDDIO − 0.5 — VDDIO PGOOD_ VOL PGOOD low output voltage 10 mA load current 0 — 0.4 VSELECT_ VIL VSELECT low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V VSELECT_ VIH VSELECT high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — 5.5 V RVSELECT_PD VSELECT internal pull down resistance 0.475 1.0 — MΩ PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet V V V All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 41 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit LDO2EN_ VIL LDO2EN low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V LDO2EN_ VIH LDO2EN high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — 5.5 V RLDO2EN_PD LDO2EN internal pull down resistance 0.475 1.0 — MΩ TBBEN_ VIL TBBEN low input voltage — — 0.4 V TBBEN_ VIH TBBEN high input voltage 1.4 — 5.5 V RTBBEN_PD TBBEN internal pull down resistance 0.475 1.0 — MΩ XFAILB_VIL XFAILB low input voltage — — 0.4 V XFAILB_VIH XFAILB high input voltage 1.4 — 5.5 V XFAILB_VOH XFAILB high output voltage Pulled-up to V1P5A V1P5A − 0.5 — — XFAILB_VOL XFAILB low output voltage 10 mA load current 0 — 0.4 FSOB_ VOL FSOB low output voltage −10 mA 0 — 0.4 SCL_ VIL SCL low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V SCL_ VIH SCL high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — VDDIO V SDA_ VIL SDA low input voltage — — 0.3*VDDIO V SDA_ VIH SDA high input voltage 0.7*VDDIO — VDDIO V SDA_ VOL SDA low output voltage −20 mA load current 0 — 0.4 V V V V 14.9.1 PWRON PWRON is an input signal to the IC that acts as a power up event signal in the PF8100/ PF8200. The PWRON pin has two modes of operations as programed by the OTP_PWRON_MODE bit. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 0 the PWRON pin operates in level sensitive mode. In this mode, the device is in the corresponding off mode when the PWRON pin is pulled low. Pulling the PWRON pin high is a necessary condition to generate a power on event. PWRON may be pulled up to VSNVS or VIN with an external 100 kΩ resistor if device is intended to come up automatically with VIN application. See Section 14.5 "Power up" for details on power up requirements. When OTP_PWRON_MODE = 1, the PWRON pin operates in edge sensitive mode. In this mode, PWRON is used as an input from a push button connected to the PMIC. When the switch is not pressed, the PWRON pin is pulled up to VIN externally through a 100 kΩ resistor. When the switch is pressed, the PWRON pin should be shorted to ground. The PWRON_S bit is high whenever the PWRON pin is at logic 0 and is low whenever the PWRON pin is at logic 1. The PWRON pin has a programmable debounce on the rising and falling edges as shown below. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 42 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 29. PWRON debounce configuration in edge detection mode Bits Value Falling edge debounce (ms) Rising edge debounce (ms) PWRON_DBNC[1:0] 00 32 32 PWRON_DBNC[1:0] 01 32 32 PWRON_DBNC[1:0] 10 125 32 PWRON_DBNC[1:0] 11 750 32 The default value for the power on debounce is set by the OTP_PWRON_DBNC[1:0] bits. Pressing the PWRON switch for longer than the debounce time starts a power on event as well as generate interrupts which the processor may use to initiate PMIC state transitions. During the system-on states, when the PWRON button is pushed (logic 0) for longer than the debounce setting, the PWRON_PUSH_I interrupt is generated. When the PWRON button is released (logic 1) for longer than the debounce setting, the PWRON_REL_I interrupt is generated. The PWRON_1S_I, PWRON_2S_I, PWRON_3S_I, PWRON_4S_I and PWRON_8S_I interrupts are generated when the PWRON pin is held low for longer than 1, 2, 3, 4 and 8 seconds respectively. If PWRON_RST_EN = 1, pressing the PWRON for longer than the delay programmed by TRESET[1:0] forces a PMIC reset. A PMIC reset initiates a power down sequence, wait for 30 µs to allow all supplies to discharge and then it powers back up with the default OTP configuration. If PWRON_RST_EN = 0, the device starts a turn off event after push button is pressed for longer than TRESET[1:0]. Table 30.  TRESET configuration TRESET[1:0] Time to reset 00 2s 01 4s 10 8s 11 16 s The default value of the TRESET delay is programmable through the OTP_TRESET[1:0] bits. 14.9.2 STANDBY STANDBY is an input signal to the IC, when this pin is asserted, the device enters the standby mode and when de-asserted, the part exits standby mode. STANDBY can be configured as active high or active low using the STANDBYINV bit. Table 31. Standby pin polarity control PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet 2 STANDBY (pin) STANDBYINV (I C bit) STANDBY control 0 0 Not in standby mode 0 1 In standby mode 1 0 In standby mode All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 43 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 2 STANDBY (pin) STANDBYINV (I C bit) STANDBY control 1 1 Not in standby mode 14.9.3 RESETBMCU RESETBMCU is an open-drain, active low output used to bring the processor (and peripherals) in and out of reset. The time slot RESETBMCU is de-asserted during the power up sequence is programmed by the OTP_RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] bits, and it is a condition to enter the system-on states. During the system-on states, the RESETBMCU is de-asserted (pulled high), and it is asserted (pulled low) as indicated in the power down sequence, when a system power down or reset is initiated. In the application, RESETBMCU can be pulled up to VDDIO or VSNVS by a 100 kΩ external resistor. 14.9.4 INTB INTB is an open-drain, active low output. This pin is asserted (pulled low) when any interrupt occurs, provided that the interrupt is not masked. INTB is de-asserted after the corresponding interrupt latch is cleared by software, which requires writing a “1” to the interrupt bit. An INTB_TEST bit is provided to allow a manual test of the INTB pin. When INTB_TEST is set to 1, the interrupt pin asserts for 100 µs and then de-asserts to its normal state. The INTB_TEST bit self-clears to 0 automatically after the test pulse is generated. In the application, INTB can be pulled up to VDDIO with an external 100 kΩ resistor. 14.9.5 XINTB XINTB is an input pin used to receive an external interrupt and trigger an interrupt event on the PF8100/PF8200. It is meant to interact with the INTB pin of a companion PMIC, in order to simplify MCU interaction to identify the source of the interrupt. A high to low transition on the XINTB pin sets the XINTB_I interrupt bit and causes the INTB to be asserted, provided the interrupt is not masked. The XINTB_S bit follows the actual status of the XINTB pin even when the XINTB_I has been cleared or the interrupt has been masked. This pin is internally pulled up to VDDIO with a 1.0 MΩ resistors; therefore, it can be left unconnected when the XINTB is not used. 14.9.6 WDI WDI is an input pin to the PF8100/PF8200 and is intended to operate as an external watchdog monitor. When the WDI pin is connected to the watchdog output of the processor, this pin is used to detect a pulse to indicate a watchdog event is requested by the processor. When the WDI pin is asserted, the device starts a watchdog event to place the PMIC outputs in a default known state. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 44 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The WDI pin is monitored during the system on states. In the off modes and during the power up sequence, the WDI pin is masked until RESETBMCU is de-asserted. The WDI can be configured to assert on the rising or the falling edge using the OTP_WDI_INV bit. • When OTP_WDI_INV = 0, the device starts a WD event on the falling edge of the WDI. • When OTP_WDI_INV = 1, the device starts a WD event on the rising edge of the WDI. A 10 µs debounce filter is implemented on either rising or falling edge detection to prevent false WDI signals to start a watchdog event. The OTP_WDI_MODE bit allows the WDI pin to react in two different ways: • When OTP_WDI_MODE = 1, a WDI asserted performs a hard WD reset. • When OTP_WDI_MODE = 0, a WDI asserted performs a soft WD reset. The WDI_STBY_ACTIVE bit allows the WDI pin to generate a watchdog event during the standby state. • When WDI_STBY_ACTIVE = 0, asserting the WDI will not generate a watchdog event during the standby state. • When WDI_STBY_ACTIVE = 1, asserting the WDI will start a watchdog event during the standby state. The OTP_WDI_STBY_ACTIVE is used to configure whether the WDI is active in the standby state or not by default upon power up. See Section 15.11 "Watchdog event management" for details on watchdog event. 14.9.7 EWARN EWARN is an active high output, used to notify that an imminent power failure is about to occur. It should be pulled down to GND by a 100 kΩ resistor. When a power down is initiated due to a fault, the EWARN pin is asserted before the device starts powering down as defined by the EWARN_TIME[1:0] bits in order to allow the system to prepare for the imminent shutdown. The following faults cause the EWARN pin to be asserted: • • • • Fault timer expired FAULT_CNT = FAULT_MAX_CNT Thermal Shutdown tJ > TSD VIN_OVLO event when VIN_OVLO_SDWN=1 Table 32. EWARN time configuration OTP_EWARN_TIME[1:0] EWARN delay time 00 100 μs 01 5.0 ms 10 20 ms 11 50 ms When the EWARN pin is asserted, an interrupt will be generated and the EWARN_I bit will be set to announce to the system of an imminent shutdown event. In the Off modes, EWARN remains de-asserted (pulled low). PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 45 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications In the event of a power loss (VIN removed), the EWARN pin is asserted upon crossing the VWARNTH threshold to notify to the processor that VIN may be lost and allow some time to prepare for the power loss. Table 33. Early warning threshold Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VWARNTH Early warning threshold 2.7 2.8 2.9 V 14.9.8 PGOOD PGOOD is an open drain output programmable as a Power Good indicator pin or GPO. In the application, PGOOD can be pulled up to VDDIO with a 100 kΩ resistor. When OTP_PG_ACTIVE = 0, the PGOOD pin is used as a general purpose output. As a GPO, during the run state, the state of the pin is controlled by the RUN_PG_GPO 2 bit in the functional I C registers: • When RUN_PG_GPO = 1, the PGOOD pin is high • When RUN_PG_GPO = 0, the PGOOD pin is low During the standby state, the state of the pin is controlled by the STBY_PG_GPO bit in 2 the functional I C registers: • When STBY_PG_GPO = 1, the PGOOD pin is high • When STBY_PG_GPO = 0, the PGOOD pin is low When used as a GPO, the PGOOD pin can be enabled high as part of the power up sequence as programmed by the OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] and the OTP_PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] bits. If enabled as part of the power up sequence, both the RUN_PG_GPO and STBY_PG_GPO bits are loaded with 1, otherwise they are loaded with 0 upon power up. When OTP_PG_ACTIVE = 1, the PGOOD pin is in Power good (PG) mode and it acts as a PGOOD indicator for the selected output voltages in the PF8100/PF8200. There is an individual PG monitor for every regulator. Each monitor provide an internal PG signal that can be selected to control the status of the PGOOD pin upon an OV or UV condition when the corresponding SWxPG_EN / LDOxPG_EN bits are set. The status of the PGOOD pin is a logic AND function of the internal PG signals of the selected monitors. • When the PG_EN = 1, the corresponding regulator becomes part of the AND function that controls the PGOOD pin. • When the PG_EN = 0, the corresponding regulator does not control the status of the PGOOD pin. The PGOOD pin is pulled low when any of the selected regulator outputs falls above or below the programmed OV/UV thresholds and a corresponding OV/UV interrupt is generated. If the faulty condition is removed, the corresponding OV_S/UV_S bit goes low to indicate the output is back in regulation, however, the interrupt remains latched until it is cleared. The actual condition causing the interrupt (OV, UV) can be read in the fault interrupt registers. For more details on handling interrupts, see Section 14.8 "Interrupt management". 2 When a particular regulator is disabled (via OTP, or I C, or by change in state of PMIC such as going to standby mode), it no longer controls the PGOOD pin. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 46 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications In the Off mode and during the power up sequence, the PGOOD pin is held low until RESETBMCU is ready to be released, at this point, the PG monitors are unmasked and the PGOOD pin is released high if all the internal PG monitors are in regulation. In the event that one or more outputs are not in regulation by the time RESETBMCU is ready to de-assert, the PGOOD pin is held low and the PF8100/PF8200 performs the corresponding fault protection mechanism as described in Section 14.7.1 "Fault monitoring during power up state". 14.9.9 VSELECT VSELECT is an input pin used to select the output voltage of LDO2 when bit VSELECT_EN = 1. • When VSELECT pin is low, the LDO2 output is programmed to 3.3 V. • When VSELECT pin is high, the LDO2 output is programmed to 1.8 V. When VSELECT_EN = 0, the output of LDO2 is given by the VLDO2_RUN[3:0] bits. When the PF8100/PF8200 is in the standby mode, the output voltage of LDO2 follows the configuration as selected by the VLDO2_STBY[3:0] bits, regardless of the value of VSELECT_EN bit. The default value of the VSELECT_EN bit is programmed by the OTP_VSELECT_EN bit in the OTP fuses. A read only bit is provided to monitor the actual state of the VSELECT pin. When the VSELECT pin is low, the VSELECT_S bit is 0 and when the VSELECT pin is high, the VSELECT_S bit is set to 1. 14.9.10 LDO2EN LDO2EN is an input pin used to enable or disable LDO2 when the bit LDO2HW_EN = 1. When LDO2HW_EN = 1, the status of LDO2 output can also be controlled by the LDO2_RUN_EN bit in the run mode or the LDO2_STBY_EN bit in the standby mode. Table 34. LDO control in run or standby mode LDO2EN pin LDO2HW_EN bit LDO2_RUN_EN LDO2_ STBY_EN LDO2 output Do not care 0 0 Disabled Do not care 0 1 Enabled Do not care 1 0 Disabled Low 1 1 Disabled High 1 1 Enabled The default controlling mode for LDO2 is programed by the OTP_LDO2HW_EN bit in the OTP fuses. A read only bit is provided to monitor the actual state of the LDO2EN pin. When the LDO2EN pin is low, the LDO2EN_S bit is 0 and when the LDO2EN pin is high, the LDO2EN_S bit is set to 1. 14.9.11 FSOB (safety output) The FSOB pin is a configurable, active low, open drain output used as a safety output to keep the system in a safe state upon a power up and/or during a specific failure event. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 47 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The FSOB pin is externally pulled up to VIN or VDDIO with a 470 kΩ resistor and it is deasserted high in normal operation. The FSOB pin can be configured in active safe state mode or fault safe state mode as programmed by the OTP_FSOB_ASS_EN bit in the OTP fuses. If the OTP_FSOB_ASS_EN = 1, the active safe state mode is enabled. In the active safe state mode, the FSOB pin is programmed to be asserted low after OTP fuses are loaded and remain asserted as long as the PMIC is forced in safe state. In this mode of operation, the PMIC is forced in the safe state under following conditions: • Any of the ABIST flags are set during the self-test at power up. • The FSOB_WDI_NOK is set when FSOB is programmed to assert via the FSOB_WDI bit • The FSOB_SFAULT_NOK is set when FSOB is programmed to assert via the FSOB_SOFTFAULT bit • Hard WD Reset (voltage regulators and RESETBMCU reset) • Device is in any of the off mode and the RESETBMCU is asserted low • The FSOB_ASS_NOK flag is asserted Each time the PMIC is forced into the safe state, the FSOB pin will be asserted low and the FSOB_ASS_NOK flag will be set to 1 in order to keep the system in the safe state until the MCU verify that it is safe to return to normal operation. During the active safe state mode, the PMIC can exit the safe state and release the FSOB pin if the following conditions are met: • • • • RESETBMCU is de-asserted (system on) All ABIST flags are all 0 (ABIST OK) No regulator faults are present The FSOB_WDI_NOK and/or FSOB_SFAULT_NOK faults are cleared if programmed to be set by the FSOB_WDI and FSOB_SOFTFAULT bits respectively A soft WD reset may also assert the FSOB pin only if programmed by the FSOB_WDI bit. Likewise, the FSOB_SOFTFAULT bit can select whether the FSOB pin is asserted as soon as an OV, UV or ILIM fault is present even when this condition has not yet lead to a fault shutdown. In this scenario the system is placed in a safe state while the MCU tries to clear the fault and command the PF8100/PF8200 to come out of the safe state when all faults have been cleared. If the OTP_FSOB_ASS_EN = 0, the active safe state mode is disabled and the FSOB operate in the fault safe state mode. In this mode, the FSOB pin may still be asserted if programmed by other fault events. In the fault safe state mode, the FSOB is de-asserted by default, and can be asserted as programmed by the FSOB fault selection bits. A bit is provided to enable the FSOB to be asserted when a regulator fault (OV, UV, ILIM) is present. • If FSOB_SOFTFAULT = 0, the FSOB pin is not asserted by any OV, UV, or ILIM fault. • If FSOB_SOFTFAULT = 1, an OV, UV, or ILIM fault on any of the regulators causes the FSOB pin to assert and remain asserted regardless of it being corrected or not, and also asserts the FSOB_SFAULT_NOK flag. A bit is provided to enable the FSOB to be asserted when a WD reset occurs due to a WDI event. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 48 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • If FSOB_WDI = 0, the FSOB pin is not asserted by a WDI event. • If FSOB_WDI = 1, a WDI event causes the FSOB pin to assert and the FSOB_WDI_NOK flag to be set. A bit is provided to enable the FSOB to be asserted when a WD reset occurs due to an internal WD counter fault is present. • If FSOB_WDC = 0, the FSOB pin is not asserted by a WD reset started by the internal WD counter. • If FSOB_WDC = 1, a WD reset is started by the internal WD counter causing the FSOB pin to be asserted and the FSOB_WDC_NOK flag to be set. A bit is provided to enable the FSOB to be asserted when a hard fault shutdown has occurred. • If FSOB_HARDFAULT = 0, the FSOB pin is not asserted by a hard fault. • If FSOB_HARDFAULT = 1, any of the hard fault shutdown events cause the FSOB pin to be asserted and the FSOB_HFAULT_NOK flag to be set. Any of the following events are considered a hard fault shutdown: • • • • • Fault timer expired FAULT_CNT = FAULT_MAX_CNT (regulator fault counter max out) WD_EVENT_CNT = WD_MAX_CNT (watchdog event counter max out) Power up failure Thermal shutdown The FSOB pin is released when all the FSOB fault flags are cleared or VIN falls below the UVDET threshold. 2 If the secure I C write mechanism is enabled, all FSOB flags require a secure write to be cleared (write 1 to clear). 14.9.12 TBBEN The TBBEN is an input pin provided to allow the user to program the mirror registers in order to operate the device with a custom configuration as well as programming the default values on the OTP fuses. • When TBBEN pin is pulled low to ground, the device is operating in normal mode. • When TBBEN pin is pulled high to V1P5D device enables the TBB configuration mode. See Section 17 "OTP/TBB and default configurations" for details on TBB and OTP operation. When TBBEN pin is pulled high to V1P5D the following conditions apply: 2 • The device uses a fixed I C device address (0x08) • Disable the watchdog operation, including WDI monitoring and internal watchdog timer 2 • Disable the CRC and I C secure write mechanism while no power up event is present (TBB/OTP programming mode). Disabling the watchdog operation may be required for in-line MCU programming where output voltages are required but watchdog operation should be completely disabled. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 49 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 14.9.13 XFAILB XFAILB is a bidirectional pin with an open drain output used to synchronize the power up and power down sequences of two or more PMIC's. It should be pulled up externally to V1P5A supply. The OTP_XFAILB_EN bit is used to enable or disable the XFAILB mode of operation. • When OTP_XFAILB_EN = 0, the XFAILB mode is disabled and any events on this pin are ignored • When OTP_XFAILB_EN = 1, the XFAILB mode is enabled When the XFAILB mode is enabled, and the PF8200 has a turn off event generated by an internal fault, the XFAILB pin is asserted low 20 µs before starting the power down sequence. A power down event caused by the following conditions will assert the XFAILB pin: • • • • • • Fault timer expired FAULT_CNT = FAULT_MAX_CNT (regulator fault counter max out) WD_EVENT_CNT = WD_MAX_CNT (watchdog event counter max out) Power up failure Thermal shutdown Hard WD event The XFAILB pin is forced low during the off mode. During the system-on states, if the XFAILB pin is externally pulled low, it will detect an XFAIL event after a 20 µs debounce. When an XFAIL event is detected, the XFAILB pin is asserted low internally and the device starts a power down sequence. If a PWRON event is present, the device starts a turn on event and proceeds to release the XFAILB pin when its ready to start the power up sequence state. If the XFAILB pin is pulled down externally during the power up event, the PF8200 will stop the power up sequence until the pin is no longer pulled down externally. This will help both PMIC's to synchronize the power up sequence allowing it to continue only when both PMIC's are ready to initiate the power up sequence. A hard WD event will set the XFAILB pin 20 µs before it starts its power down sequence. After all regulators outputs have been turned off, the device will release the XFAILB pin internally after a 30 µs delay, proceed to load the default OTP configuration and wait for the XFAILB pin to be released externally before it can restart the power up sequence. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 50 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications bidirectional XFAILB (power up) PWRON states LP_Off self-test QPU_Off power up sequence system on XFAILB RESETBMCU POWER UP sequence aaa-029215 Figure 18. XFAILB behavior during a power up sequence bidirectional XFAILB (power down) states system ON power down sequence off mode FAULT EVENT EWARN 100 µs XFAILB 20 µs POWER DOWN signal POWER DOWN sequence aaa-029214 Figure 19. XFAILB behavior during a power down sequence PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 51 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications dual PMIC interaction (fault on master PMIC) PWRON FAULT EVENT MASTER PMIC EWARN 100 µs XFAILB power up sequence is started until both XFAILB are pulled high 20 µs POWER DOWN signal POWER DOWN sequence POWER UP sequence SLAVE PMIC EWARN XFAILB POWER DOWN signal POWER DOWN sequence pin externally pulled down XFAILB debounced 20 µs POWER UP sequence slave ready to start power up sequence (waiting) aaa-029212 Figure 20. Behavior during an external XFAILB event XFAILB during power up sequence PWRON POWER UP sequence RESETBMCU MASTER XFAILB PMIC 2 ms power up sequence is restarted until both XFAILB are pulled high POWER DOWN signal POWER UP sequence SLAVE PMIC slave ready to start pwer up sequence (waiting) XFAILB pin externally pulled down POWER DOWN signal aaa-029213 Figure 21. External XFAILB event during a power up sequence 2 14.9.14 SDA and SCL (I C bus) 2 Communication with the PF8100/PF8200 is done through I C and it supports high-speed operation mode with up to 3.4 MHz operation. SDA and SCL are pulled up to VDDIO with 2 2.2 kΩ resistors. It is recommended to use 1.5 kΩ if 3.4 MHz I C speed is required. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 52 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 2 The PF8100/PF8200 is designed to operate as a slave device during I C communication. 2 The default I C device address is set by the OTP_I2C_ADD[2:0]. 2 Table 35. I C address configuration OTP_I2C_ADD[2:0] Device address 000 0x08 001 0x09 010 0x0A 011 0x0B 100 0x0C 101 0x0D 110 0x0E 111 0x0F See http://www.nxp.com/documents/user_manual/UM10204.pdf for detailed information 2 on the digital I C communication protocol implementation. 2 During an I C transaction, the communication will latch after the 8th bit is sent. If the data sent is not a multiple of 8 bit, any word with less than 8 bits will be ignored. If only 7 bits are sent, no data is written and the logic will not provide an ACK bit to the MCU. 2 From an IC level, a wrong I C command can create a system level safety issue. For example, though the MCU may have intended to set a given regulator’s output to 1.0 V, it may be erroneously registered as 1.1 V due to noise in the bus. 2 To prevent a wrong I C configuration, various protective mechanisms are implemented. 2 14.9.14.1 I C CRC verification 2 When this feature is enabled, a selectable CRC verification is performed on each I C transaction. • When OTP_I2C_CRC_EN = 0, the CRC verification mechanism is disabled. • When OTP_I2C_CRC_EN = 1, the CRC verification mechanism is enabled. 2 After each I C transaction, the device calculates the corresponding CRC byte to ensure the configuration command has not been corrupted. When a CRC fault is detected, the PF8100/PF8200 ignores the erroneous configuration command and triggers a CRC_I interrupt asserting the INTB pin, provided the interrupt is not masked. The PF8100/PF8200 implements a CRC-8-SAE, per the SAE J1850 specification. • Polynomial = 0x1D • Initial value = 0xFF I2C CRS Polynominal Seed: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MSB Data 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 aaa-028696 Figure 22. 8 bit SAE J1850 CRC polynomial PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 53 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 2 14.9.14.2 I C secure write A secure write mechanism is implemented for specific registers critical to the functional safety of the device. • When OTP_I2C_ SECURE_EN = 0, the secure write is disabled. • When OTP_I2C_ SECURE_EN = 1, the secure write is enabled. When the secure write is enabled, a specific sequence must be followed in order to grant writing access on the corresponding secure register. Secure write sequence is as follows: • MCU sends command to modify the secure registers • PMIC generates a random code in the RANDOM_GEN register • MCU reads the random code from the RANDOM_GEN register and writes it back on the RANDOM_CHK register The PMIC compares the RANDOM_CHK against the RANDOM_GEN register: • If RANDOM_CHK [7:0] = RANDOM_GEN[7:0], the device applies the configuration on the corresponding secure register, and self-clears both the RANDOM_GEN and RANDOM_CHK registers. • If RANDOM_CHK[7:0] different from RANDOM_GEN[7:0], the device ignores the configuration command and self-clears both the RANDOM_GEN and RANDOM_CHK registers. In the event the MCU sends any other command instead of providing a value for the RANDOM_CHK register, the state machine cancels the ongoing secure write transaction 2 and performs the new I C command. 2 In the event the MCU does not provide a value for the RANDOM_CHK register, the I C transaction will time out 10 ms after the RANDOM_GEN code is generated, and device is ready for a new transaction. Table 36. Secure bits PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Register Bit Description ABIST OV1 AB_SW1_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW2_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW3_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW4_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW5_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW6_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV1 AB_SW7_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV2 AB_LDO1_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV2 AB_LDO2_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 54 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Register Bit Description ABIST OV2 AB_LDO3_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST OV2 AB_LDO4_OV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW1_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW2_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW3_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW4_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW5_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW6_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV1 AB_SW7_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV2 AB_LDO1_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV2 AB_LDO2_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV2 AB_LDO3_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST UV2 AB_LDO4_UV Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the ABIST fault notification ABIST RUN AB_RUN Writing a 1 starts an ABIST on demand FSOB FLAGS FSOB_ASS_NOK Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the FSOB flag FSOB FLAGS FSOB_SFAULT_NOK Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the FSOB flag FSOB FLAGS FSOB_WDI_NOK Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the FSOB flag FSOB FLAGS FSOB_WDC_NOK Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the FSOB flag FSOB FLAGS FSOB_HFAULT_NOK Writing a 1 to this flag to clear the FSOB flag CTRL1 TMP_MON_EN Writing a 0 disables the thermal monitor, preventing the thermal interrupts and thermal shutdown event from being detected CTRL1 VIN_OVLO_EN Writing a 0 disables the VIN overvoltage lockout monitor completely CTRL1 VIN_OVLO_SDWN Writing a 0 disables a shutdown event upon a VIN overvoltage condition (only interrupts are provided) CTRL1 WD_EN Writing a 0 disables the watchdog counter block CTRL1 WD_STBY_EN Writing a 0 disables the watchdog counter during the standby mode CTRL1 WDI_STBY_ACTIVE Writing a 0 disables the monitoring of WDI input during standby mode CTRL1 I2C_SECURE_EN Writing a 0 disables de I C secure write mode VMONEN1 SW1VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW1 VMONEN1 SW2VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW2 VMONEN1 SW3VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW3 2 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 55 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Register Bit Description VMONEN1 SW4VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW4 VMONEN1 SW5VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW5 VMONEN1 SW6VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW6 VMONEN1 SW7VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for SW7 VMONEN2 LDO1VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for LDO1 VMONEN2 LDO2VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for LDO2 VMONEN2 LDO3VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for LDO3 VMONEN2 LDO4VMON_EN Writing a 0 disables the OV/UV monitor for LDO4 15 Functional blocks 15.1 Analog core and internal voltage references All regulators use the main bandgap as the reference for the output voltage generations, this bandgap is also used as reference for the internal analog core and digital core supplies. The performance of the regulators is directly dependent on the performance of the bandgap. No external DC loading is allowed on V1P5A and V1P5D. V1P5D is kept powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or valid coin cell and it may be used as a reference voltage for the VDDOTP and TBBEN pins during system power on. A second bandgap is provided as the reference for all the monitoring circuits. This architecture allows the PF8200 to provide a reliable way to detect not only single point, but also latent faults in order to meet the metrics required by an ASIL B level application. Table 37. Internal supplies electrical characteristics Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit V1P5D V1P5D output voltage 1.50 1.60 1.65 V C1P5D V1P5D output capacitor — 1.0 — µF V1P5A V1P5A output voltage 1.50 1.60 1.65 V C1P5A V1P5A output capacitor — 1.0 — µF 15.2 Coin cell charger A coin cell or super capacitor may be connected to the LICELL pin, the PF8100/PF8200 features a simple constant current charger available at the LICELL pin. The COINCHG_EN bit is used to enable or disable the coin cell charger during the 2 system-on states (run and standby) via I C. • When COINCHG_EN = 0 the coin cell charger is disabled in run or standby modes. • When COINCHG_EN = 1 the coin cell charger is enabled in run or standby modes. The COINCHG_EN bit is reset to 0, when VIN crosses the UVDET threshold. During the run mode, the coin cell charger utilizes a 60 µA charging current. If enabled during standby mode, the coin cell charger utilizes only a 10 µA charging current to be able to maintain low power consumption while still being able to maintain the backup battery voltage charged at all time. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 56 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The COINCHG_OFF bit is used to enable or disable the coin cell charger during the 2 QPU_Off state via I C. In this mode, the charger utilizes a 10 µA charging current. • When COINCHG_OFF = 0 the coin cell charger is disabled in QPU_Off state. • When COINCHG_OFF = 1 the coin cell charger is enabled in QPU_Off state. If the system requires to allow charging of the coin cell during the QPU_Off, the system should enable the COINCHG_OFF bit during the run mode and the charger turns on during the QPU_Off state, if programmed to stay in this state after power down. The COINCHG_OFF bit is reset to 0, when VIN crosses the UVDET threshold. The VCOIN[3:0] bits set the target charging voltage for the LICELL pin as shown in the table below. The OTP_VCOIN[3:0] bits are used to set the default voltage for the coin cell battery charger. Table 38. Coin cell charger voltage level VCOIN[3:0] Target LICELL voltage (V) 0000 1.8 0001 2.0 0010 2.1 0011 2.2 0100 2.3 0101 2.4 0110 2.5 0111 2.6 1000 2.7 1001 2.8 1010 2.9 1011 3.0 1100 3.1 1101 3.2 1110 3.3 1111 3.6 Table 39. Coin cell electrical characteristics All parameters specified for TA = −40 ºC to 105 ºC, VIN = 5.0 V, All output voltage settings, typical external components, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are specified for TA = 25 ºC, VIN = 5.0 V, typical external components, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VIN Input voltage range 2.5 — 5.5 V VCOINACC Voltage accuracy (2.6 V to 3.6 V) −3.0 — 3.0 % VCOINACC Voltage accuracy (1.8 V to 2.5 V) −4.0 — 4.0 % VCOINHDR Input voltage headroom Minimum VIN headroom to guarantee VCOIN regulation at ICOINHI 300 — — VCOINHYS Charging hysteresis 60 100 200 mV ICOINACC Current accuracy −30 — 30 % ICOINHI Coin cell charger current in run mode — 60 — µA ICOINLO Coin cell charger current in standby and QPU_Off — 10 — µA PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet mV All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 57 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit IQCOINCH Quiescent current when coin cell is charging 0 10 20 µA VCOINRLHYS Reverse leakage comparator hysteresis 50 100 170 mV VCOINRLTR Reverse leakage comparator trip voltage at rising edge (VIN − VCOIN) at every VCOIN setting 100 200 300 VCOINRLTF Reverse leakage comparator trip voltage at falling edge (VIN − VCOIN) at every VCOIN setting 0 100 250 mV mV 15.3 VSNVS LDO/switch VSNVS is a 10 mA LDO/switch provided to power the RTC domain in the processor. In systems using the i.MX 8 processors, it powers the VDD_SNVS_IN domain of the MCU. Three scenarios may be possible during VIN application: 1. Coin cell was applied for the first time before VIN power up. 2. Coin cell is not present upon VIN power up. 3. Coin cell has been present after a previous power cycle. If coin cell is first applied without VIN present, VSNVS remains disabled until VIN > UVDET and the VSNVS gets loaded with the OTP fuse configuration. When VIN is applied and no coin cell is present, VSNVS is initially disabled and it is only enabled to its regulation point after OTP fuses are loaded. If coin cell has been present after a previous power cycle, the VSNVS configuration is reloaded from the OTP registers when the VIN crosses the UVDET threshold. This way, 2 if the VSNVS was modified via the I C configuration bit, it will always be reset to the default value after a VIN power cycle. When VIN < VWARNTH, a best of supply circuit decides whether VSNVS is powered by VIN or LICELL. • When VIN is rising and VIN > UVDET, VSNVS is powered by VIN. When operating from VIN, it can regulate the output to 1.8 V, 3.0 V or 3.3 V. If the configured output voltage is higher than the input source, the VSNVS operates in dropout mode to track the input voltage. • When operating from LICELL, it regulates the output when the output voltage is selected at 1.8 V. VSNVS operates as a switch from LICELL when the output voltage setting is selected to 3.0 V or 3.3 V. The following table shows the expected operation of the VSNVS block for different voltage settings and different input voltage conditions. Table 40. VSNVS operation description OTP_VSNVSVOLT[1:0] VSNVS output voltage (V) VIN Expected VSNVS output 00 Disabled Do not care VSNVS is disabled on OTP 01 1.8 < VWARNTH falling Regulate to 1.8 V from the highest of VIN or LICELL 01 1.8 > UVDET rising Regulate to 1.8 V from VIN 10 3.0 < VWARNTH falling Switch mode from the highest of VIN or LICELL 10 3.0 > UVDET rising Regulate to 3.0 from VIN 11 3.3 < VWARNTH falling Switch mode from the highest of VIN or LICELL 11 3.3 > UVDET rising Regulate to 3.3 from VIN [1] [1] [1] [1] Regulator is in drop off mode, if input is not enough to regulate to set point. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 58 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications VIN VSNVS SUPPLY SELECTION COIN CELL CHARGER LICELL OUTPUT VOLTAGE SELECTION VSNVS aaa-028063 Figure 23. VSNVS block diagram The VSNVS output keeps regulation through all states, including the system-on, off modes, power down sequence, watchdog reset, fail-safe transition and fail-safe state as long as it has a valid input (VIN or LICELL), and the output has been configured by the OTP_VSNVSVOLT[1:0] registers. Table 41. VSNVS output voltage configuration OTP_VSNVSVOLT[1:0] VSNVSVOLT[1:0] VSNVS output voltage (V) 00 00 Off 01 01 1.8 10 10 3.0 11 11 3.3 For system debugging purposes, the VSNVS output may be changed during the system2 on states by changing the VSNVSVOLT[1:0] bits in the functional I C registers. Table 42. VSNVS electrical characteristics All parameters are specified at TA = −40 °C to 105 °C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 5.0 V, and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VIN_SNVS Operating voltage range from VIN 2.5 — 5.5 V VLICELL_SNVS Operating voltage range from LICELL 1.728 — 5.5 V ISNVS VSNVS load current range 0 — 10 mA VSNVS_ACC VSNVS output voltage accuracy in LDO mode −5.0 — 5.0 % VSNVS_RDSON VSNVS LDO on resistance VSNVSVOLT[1:0] = 10 or 11 — — 20 VSNVS_IQ VSNVS quiescent current in LDO mode — 5.0 — VSNVS_HDR VSNVS LDO headroom voltage Minimum voltage above setting VSNVSVOLT[1:0] = 10 or 11 to guarantee regulation with 5 % tolerance 200 — — PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Ω µA mV All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 59 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VSNVS_HDR VSNVS LDO headroom voltage Minimum voltage above setting VSNVSVOLT[1:0] = 01 to guarantee regulation with 5 % tolerance 500 — — VSNVS_OS VSNVS startup overshoot — — 200 mV VSNVS_TRANS VSNVS load transient −100 — 100 mV VSNVS_SW_R VSNVS switch mode resistance VSNVSVOLT[1:0] = 10 or 11 — — 20 VSNVS_LICELL_IQ VSNVS quiescent current in switch mode VSNVSVOLT[1:0] = 10 or 11 — 1.0 — VSNVS_ILIM VSNVS current limit 20 — 70 VSNVS_TON VSNVS turn on time Block enabled to VSNVS at 90 % of final value — — 1.35 mV Ω µA mA ms 15.4 Type 1 buck regulators (SW1 to SW6) The PF8100/PF8200 features six low-voltage regulators with input supply range from 2.5 V to 5.5 V and output voltage range from 0.4 V to 1.8 V in 6.25 mV steps. Each voltage regulator is capable to supply 2.5 A and features a programmable soft-start and DVS ramp for system power optimization. VIN SWxIN SWxMODE CINSWx SWx LSWx CONTROLLER SWxLX DRIVER SWxILIM SWxPHASE COSWx ISENSE + + slope compensation TYPE II INTERNAL COMPENSATION SWxFB I2 C INTERFACE 2 to 3 MHz clock duty cycle generator R1 EA R2 Z2 DAC VSWx aaa-028064 Figure 24. Buck regulator block diagram The OTP_SWxDVS_RAMP bit sets the default step/time ratio for the power up ramp during the power up/down sequence as well as the DVS slope during the system on. The power down ramp and DVS rate of the Type 1 buck regulators can be modified 2 during the system-on states by changing the SWxDVS_RAMP bit on the I C register map. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 60 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 43. DVS ramp speed configuration SWxDVS_RAMP bit DVS ramp speed 0 Slow DVS ramp 1 Fast DVS ramp The DVS ramp rate is based on the internal clock configuration as shown in Table 44. Table 44. Ramp rates All ramp rates are typical values. Clock frequency tolerance = ± 6 %. CLK_FREQ[3:0] Clock frequency (MHz) Regulators frequency (MHz) SWxDVS_RAMP = 0 DVS_Up (mV/µs) SWxDVS_RAMP = 0 DVS_Down (mV/µs) SWxDVS_RAMP = 1 DVS_Up (mV/µs) SWxDVS_RAMP = 1 DVS_Down (mV/µs) 0000 20 2.5 7.813 5.208 15.625 10.417 0001 21 2.625 8.203 5.469 16.406 10.938 0010 22 2.75 8.594 5.729 17.188 11.458 0011 23 2.875 8.984 5.990 17.969 11.979 0100 24 3 9.375 6.250 18.750 12.500 1001 16 2 6.250 4.167 12.500 8.333 1010 17 2.125 6.641 4.427 13.281 8.854 1011 18 2.25 7.031 4.688 14.063 9.375 1100 19 2.375 7.422 4.948 14.844 9.896 Type 1 Buck regulators use 8 bits to set the output voltage. • The VSWx_RUN[7:0] set the output voltage during the run mode. • The VSWx_STBY[7:0] set the output voltage during the standby mode. The default output voltage configuration for the run and the standby modes is loaded from the OTP_VSWx[7:0] registers upon power up. Table 45. Output voltage configuration Set point VSWx_RUN[7:0] VSWx_STBY[7:0] VSWxFB (V) 0 00000000 0.40000 1 00000001 0.40625 2 00000010 0.41250 3 00000011 0.41875 . . . . . . 175 10101111 1.49375 176 10110000 1.50000 177 10110001 1.80000 178 to 255 10110010 to 11111111 Reserved DVS operation is available for all voltage settings between 0.4 V to 1.5 V. However, the SWx regulator is not intended to perform DVS transitions to or from the 1.8 V configuration. In the event a voltage change is requested between any of the low voltage settings and 1.8 V, the switching regulator is automatically disabled first and then reenabled at the selected voltage level to avoid an uncontrolled transition to the new voltage setting. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 61 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Each regulator is provided with two bits to set its mode of operation. • The SWx_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits allow the user to change the mode of operation of the SWx regulators during the run state. If the regulator was programmed as part of the power up sequence, the SWx_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b11 (autoskip) by default. Otherwise, it is loaded with 0b00 (disabled). • The SWx_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits allow the user to change the mode of operation of the SWx regulators during the standby state. If the regulator was programmed as part of the power up sequence, the SWx_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b11 (autoskip) by default. Otherwise, it is loaded with 0b00 (disabled). Table 46. SW regulator mode configuration SWx_MODE[1:0] Mode of operation 00 OFF 01 PWM mode 10 PFM mode 11 Autoskip mode The SWx_MODE_I interrupt asserts the INTB pin when any of the Type 1 regulators have changed the mode of operation, provided the corresponding interrupt is not masked. To avoid potential detection of an OV/UV fault during SWx ramp up, it is recommended to power up the regulator in PWM or autoskip mode. The type 1 buck regulators use 2 bits SWxILIM[1:0], to program the current limit detection. Table 47. SWx current limit selection SWxILIM[1:0] Typical current limit 00 2.1 A 01 2.6 A 10 3.0 A 11 4.5 A During single phase operation, all buck regulators use 3 bits (SWxPHASE[2:0]) to control the phase shift of the switching frequency. Upon power up, the switching phase of all regulators is defaulted to 0 degrees and can be modified during the system-on states. Table 48. SWx phase configuration PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet SWx_PHASE[2:0] Phase shift [degrees] 000 45 001 90 010 135 011 180 100 225 101 270 110 315 111 0 (default) All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 62 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Each one of the buck regulator provide 2 OTP bits to configure the value of the inductor used in the corresponding block. The OTP_SWx_LSELECT[1:0] allow to choose the inductor as shown in Table 49. Table 49. SWx inductor selection bits OTP_SWx_LSELECT[1:0] Inductor value 00 1.0 µH 01 0.47 µH 10 1.5 µH 11 Reserved 15.4.1 SW6 VTT operation SW6 features a selectable VTT mode to create VTT termination for DDR memories. When SW6_VTTEN = 1, the VTT mode is enabled. In this mode, SW6 reference voltage is internally connected to SW5FB output through a divider by 2. During the VTT mode the DVS operation on SW6 is disabled and SW6 output is given by VSW5FB / 2. In this mode, the minimum output voltage configuration for SW5 should be 800 mV to ensure the SW6 is still within the regulation range at its output. During the power up sequence, the SW6 (VTT) may be turned on in the same or at a later slot than SW5, as required by the system. When SW6 and SW5 are enabled in the same slot, SW6 will always track the VSW5/2. When SW6 is enabled after SW5, it will ramp up gradually to a predefined voltage and once this voltage is reached, it will start tracking VSW5/2. The user may adjust the value at which the SW6 should start tracking the voltage on the SW5 regulator by setting the OTP_VSW6 register accordingly. 2 During normal operation, if the SW5 is disabled via the I C command, SW6 will track the output of SW5 and both regulators will be discharged together and pulled down internally. 2 When SW5 is enabled back via the I C commands, the SW5 output will ramp-up to the corresponding voltage while SW6 is always VSW5/2. When only SW6 is disabled, the PMIC uses the OTP_VTT_PDOWN bit to program whether the SW6 regulator is disabled with the output in high impedance or discharged internally. • When OTP_VTT_PDOWN = 0, the output is disabled in high impedance mode. • When OTP_VTT_PDOWN = 1, the output is disabled with the internal pull down enabled. When SW6 is requested to enable back again, the SW6 will ramp-up to the voltage set on the VSW6_RUN or VSW6_STBY registers. Once it reaches the final DVS value, it will change its reference to start tracking SW5 output again. Note that VSW6_RUN(STBY) must be set to VSW5_RUN(STBY)/2 or the closest code by the MCU to ensure proper operation. When operating in VTT mode, the minimum output voltage configuration for SW5 should be 800 mV to ensure the SW6 is still within the regulation range at its output. 15.4.2 Multiphase operation Regulators SW1, SW2, SW3 and SW4 can be configured in quad phase mode. In this mode, SW1 registers control the output voltage and other configurations. Likewise, SW1FB pin becomes the main feedback node for the resulting voltage rail, however all PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 63 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications four FB pins should be connected together. In quad phase operation, each phase can be independently set via the corresponding SWxPHASE[1:0] bits. Regulators SW1, SW2 and SW3 can be configured in triple phase mode. In this mode, SW1 registers control the output voltage and other configurations. Likewise, SW1FB pin becomes the main feedback node for the resulting voltage rail, however all three FB pins should be connected together. In triple phase operation, each phase can be independently set via the corresponding SWxPHASE[1:0] bits. When SW1 to SW3 are configured in triple phase, the SW4 operates in single phase. Regulators SW1 and SW2 can be configured in dual phase mode. In this mode, SW1 registers control the output voltage and other configurations. Likewise, SW1FB pin becomes the main feedback node for the resulting voltage rail, however the two FB pins should be connected together. In dual phase operation, each phase can be independently set via the corresponding SWxPHASE[1:0] bits. The OTP_SW1CONFIG[1:0] bits are used to select the dual phase configuration for SW1/SW2, as well as triple or quad phase configuration. Table 50. OTP_SW1CONFIG register description OTP_SW1CONFIG[1:0] Description 00 SW1 and SW2 operate in single phase mode 01 SW1/SW2 operate in dual phase mode 10 SW1/SW2/SW3/SW4 operate in quad phase mode 11 SW1/SW2/SW3 operate in triple phase mode Regulators SW3 and SW4 can be configured in dual phase mode. In this mode, SW4 registers control the output voltage and other configurations. Likewise, SW4FB pin becomes the main feedback node for the resulting voltage rail, however the two FB pins should be connected together. In dual phase operation, each phase can be independently set via the corresponding SWxPHASE[1:0] bits. The OTP_SW4CONFIG[1:0] bits are used to select the dual phase operation of SW3/ SW4. Table 51. OTP SW4CONFIG register description OTP_SW4CONFIG[1:0] Description 00 SW3 and SW4 operate in single phase mode 01 SW3/SW4 operate in dual phase mode 10 Reserved 11 Reserved Configuring regulators SW1 through SW4 in quad phase or triple phase operation overrides the configuration of the OTP_SW4CONFIG[1:0] bits. Regulators SW5 and SW6 can be configured in dual phase mode. In this mode, SW5 registers control the output voltage and other configurations. Likewise, SW5FB pin becomes the main feedback node for the resulting voltage rail, however the two FB pins should be connected together. In dual phase operation, each phase can be independently set via the corresponding SWxPHASE[1:0] bits. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 64 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The OTP_SW5CONFIG[1:0] bits are used to select single or dual phase configuration for SW5/SW6. Table 52. OTP_SW5CONFIG register description OTP_SW5CONFIG[1:0] Description 00 SW5 and SW6 operate in single phase mode 01 SW5/SW6 operate in dual phase mode 10 Reserved 11 Reserved VIN (2.5 to 5.5 V) 4.7 µF x2 SW1FB VOUT 22 µF x4 SW1IN 1.0 µH SW1LX SW2FB DUAL PHASE CONFIGURATION SW2IN 1.0 µH SW2LX aaa-030479 Figure 25. Dual phase configuration VIN (2.5 to 5.5 V) x4 SW1FB VSW1/2/3 x6 SW1IN SW1LX SW2FB SW2IN SW2LX SW3FB TRIPLE PHASE CONFIGURATION SW3IN SW3LX SW4FB SW4IN SW4LX VSW4 x2 aaa-032582 Figure 26. Triple phase configuration PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 65 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications VIN (2.5 to 5.5 V) 4.7 µF x4 SW1FB VOUT 22 µF x8 SW1IN 1.0 µH SW1LX SW2FB SW2IN 1.0 µH SW2LX SW3FB QUAD PHASE CONFIGURATION SW3IN 1.0 µH SW3LX SW4FB SW4IN 1.0 µH SW4LX aaa-030480 Figure 27. Quad phase configuration 15.4.3 Electrical characteristics Table 53. Type 1 buck regulator electrical characteristics All parameters are specified at TA = −40 to 105 °C, VSWxIN = UVDET to 5.5 V, VSWxFB = 1.0 V, ISWx = 500 mA, typical external component values, fSW = 2.25 MHz, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VSWxIN = 5.0 V, VSWxFB = 1.0 V, ISWx = 500 mA, and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. [1][2] Symbol Parameter VSWxIN Operating functional input voltage VSWxACC Output voltage accuracy PWM mode 0.4 V ≤ VSWxFB ≤ 0.8 V 0 ≤ ISWx ≤ 2.5 A VSWxACC VSWxACC VSWxACCPFM VSWxACCPFM Output voltage accuracy PWM mode 0.8 V < VSWxFB ≤ 1.5 V 0 ≤ ISWx ≤ 2.5 A Output voltage accuracy PWM mode VSWxFB = 1.8 V 0 ≤ ISWx ≤ 2.5 A Output voltage accuracy PFM mode 0.4 V ≤ VSWxFB ≤ 1.5 V 0 ≤ ISWx ≤ 100 mA Output voltage accuracy PFM mode VSWxFB = 1.8 V 0 ≤ ISWx ≤ 100 mA Min Typ Max Unit UVDET — 5.5 V mV −10 — 10 % −2.0 — 2.0 % −2.0 — 2.0 mV −36 — 36 mV −57 — 57 tPFMtoPWM PFM to PWM transition time 30 — — µs ISWx Max load current in single phase 2500 — — mA ISWx_DP Max load current in dual phase 5000 — — mA ISWx_TP Max load current in triple phase 7500 — — mA PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 66 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications [1][2] Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit ISWx_QP Max load current in quad phase 10000 — — mA ISWxLIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SWxILIM[1:0] = 00 1.6 2.1 2.5 ISWxLIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SWxILIM[1:0] = 01 2.0 2.6 3.1 ISWxLIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SWxILIM[1:0] = 10 2.4 3.0 3.7 ISWxLIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SWxILIM[1:0] = 11 3.6 4.5 5.45 ISWxNLIM Negative current limit in single phase mode 0.6 1.0 1.4 ISWxxLIM_DP Current limit in dual phase operation SWxILIM = 00 (master) 3.2 4.2 5.0 ISWxxLIM_DP Current limit in dual phase operation SWxILIM = 01 (master) 4.0 5.2 6.2 ISWxxLIM_DP Current limit in dual phase operation SWxILIM = 10 (master) 4.8 6.0 7.4 ISWxxLIM_DP Current limit in dual phase operation SWxILIM = 11 (master) 7.2 9.0 10.9 ISWxxLIM_TP Current limit in triple phase operation SW1ILIM[1:0] = 00 4.8 6.3 7.5 ISWxxLIM_TP Current limit in triple phase operation SW1ILIM[1:0] = 01 6.0 7.8 9.3 ISWxxLIM_TP Current limit in triple phase operation SW1ILIM[1:0] = 10 7.2 9.0 11.1 ISWxxLIM_TP Current limit in triple phase operation SW1ILIM[1:0] = 11 10.8 13.5 16.35 ISWxxLIM_QP Current limit in quad phase operation SW1ILIM = 00 7.2 8.4 10 ISWxxLIM_QP Current limit in quad phase operation SW1ILIM = 01 8.0 10.4 12.4 ISWxxLIM_QP Current limit in quad phase operation SW1ILIM = 10 9.6 12.0 14.8 ISWxxLIM_QP Current limit in quad phase operation SW1ILIM = 11 14.4 18.0 21.8 VSWxOSH Startup overshoot SWxDVS RAMP = 6.25 mV/µs VSWxIN = 5.5 V, VSWxFB= 1.0 V −25 25 50 tONSWx Turn on time From enable to 90 % of end value SWxDVS RAMP = 0 (6.25 mV/µs) VSWxIN = 5.5 V, VSWxFB= 1.0 V tONSWxMAX tONSWx_MIN A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Maximum turn on time From enable to 90 % of end value SWxDVS RAMP = 0 (6.25 mV/µs) VSWxIN = 5.5 V, VSWxFB= 1.5 V Minimum turn on time From enable to 90 % of end value SWxDVS RAMP = 1 (12.5 mV/µs) VSWxIN = 5.5 V, VSWxFB= 0.4 V mV µs — 160 — µs — — 310 µs 34.2 — — ηSWx Efficiency (PFM mode, 1.0 V, 1.0 mA) — 80 — % ηSWx Efficiency (PFM mode, 1.0 V, 50 mA) — 81 — % ηSWx Efficiency ( PFM Mode, 1.0 V, 100 mA) — 82 — % ηSWx Efficiency (PWM mode, 1.0 V, 500 mA) — 83 — % ηSWx Efficiency (PWM mode, 1.0 V, 1000 mA) — 82 — % ηSWx Efficiency (PWM mode, 1.0 V, 2000 mA) — 79 — % FSWx PWM switching frequency range Frequency set by CLK_FREQ[3:0] 1.9 2.5 3.15 TOFFminSWx Minimum off time — 27 — ns TDBSWx Deadband time — 3.0 — ns PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet MHz All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 67 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications [1][2] Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit Tslew Slewing time (10 % to 90 %) — — 5.0 ns DVSWx Output ripple in PWM mode — — 1.0 % VSWxLOTR Transient load regulation (overshoot/undershoot) at 0.8 V < VSWxFB ≤ 1.2 V ILoad = 200 mA to 1.0 A, di/dt = 2.0 A/µs (single phase) ILoad = 400 mA to 2.0 A, di/dt = 4.0 A/µs (dual phase) ILoad = 600 mA to 3.0 A, di/dt = 6.0 A/µs (triple phase) ILoad = 800 mA to 4.0 A, di/dt = 8.0 A/µs (quad phase) Output capacitance = 44 µF per phase VSWxLOTR mV −25 Transient load regulation (overshoot/undershoot) at 1.25 < VSWxFB < 1.8 V ILoad = 200 mA to 1.0 A, di/dt = 2.0 A/µs (single phase) ILoad = 400 mA to 2.0 A, di/dt = 4.0 A/µs (dual phase) ILoad = 600 mA to 3.0 A, di/dt = 6.0 A/µs (triple phase) ILoad = 800 mA to 4.0 A, di/dt = 8.0 A/µs (quad phase) Output capacitance = 44 µF per phase — +25 % −3.0 — +3.0 IRCS DCM (skip mode) reverse current sense threshold Current flowing from PGND to SWxLX −200 — 200 ISWxQ Quiescent current PFM mode — 14 — ISWxQ Quiescent current Auto skip mode — 160 250 ISWxQ_DP Quiescent current in dual phase PWM mode — 200 320 ISWxQ_QP Quiescent current in quad phase PWM mode — 240 480 RONSWxHS SWx high-side P-MOSFET RDS(on) — — 135 RONSWxLS SWx low-side N-MOSFET RDS(on) — — 80 RSWxDIS Discharge resistance Regulator disabled and ramp down completed 20 70 120 [1] [2] [3] mA µA µA µA µA [3] mΩ [3] mΩ Ω For VSWx configurations greater than 1.35 V, full parametric operation is guaranteed for 2.7 V < SWxVIN < 5.5 V. Below 2.7 V, the SWx regulators are fully functional with degraded operation due to headroom limitation. For VSWx = 1.8 V, output capacitance should be kept at or below the maximum recommended value. Likewise, it is recommended to use the slow turnon/off ramp rate to ensure the output is discharged completely when it is disabled. Max RDS(on) does not include bondwire resistance. Consider +50 % tolerance to account for bondwire and pin loss. Table 54. Recommended external components Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max L Output inductor [1] Maximum inductor DC resistance 50 mΩ Minimum saturation current at full load: 3.0 A 0.47 1.0 1.5 Cout Output capacitor Use 2 x 22 µF, 6.3 V X7T ceramic capacitor to reduce output capacitance ESR. — 44 — Cin Input capacitor 4.7 μF, 10 V X7R ceramic capacitor — 4.7 — [1] Unit µH µF µF Keep inductor DCR as low as possible to improve regulator efficiency. 15.5 Type 2 buck regulator (SW7) The PF8100/PF8200 also features one single phase low-voltage buck regulator (SW7) with an input voltage range between 2.5 V and 5.5 V and an output voltage range from 1.0 V to 4.1 V. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 68 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications VIN SW7IN ISENSE CINSW7 SW7 LSW7 SW7MODE SW7ILIM CONTROLLER SW7LX DRIVER SW7PHASE COSW7 + + slope compensation TYPE II INTERNAL COMPENSATION SW7FB I2C INTERFACE 2 to 3 MHz clock duty cycle generator R1 EA R2 Z2 VSW7 DAC aaa-028065 Figure 28. Type 2 buck regulator block diagram Buck regulator SW7 uses 5 bits to set the output voltage. The VSW7[4:0] sets the output voltage during the run and the standby mode. The SW7 is designed to have a fixed voltage for entire system operation. In the event a system requires this regulator to change its output voltage during the system-on states, 2 when the SW7 is commanded to change its voltage via the I C command, the output will be discharged first and then enabled back to the new voltage level as stated in the VSW7[4:0] bits. The default output voltage configuration for the run and the standby modes is loaded from the OTP_VSW7[4:0] registers upon power up. Table 55. SW7 output voltage configuration PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Set point VSW7[4:0] VSW7FB (V) 0 0 0000 1.00 1 0 0001 1.10 2 0 0010 1.20 3 0 0011 1.25 4 0 0100 1.30 5 0 0101 1.35 6 0 0110 1.50 7 0 0111 1.60 8 0 1000 1.80 9 0 1001 1.85 10 0 1010 2.00 11 0 1011 2.10 12 0 1100 2.15 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 69 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Set point VSW7[4:0] VSW7FB (V) 13 0 1101 2.25 14 0 1110 2.30 15 0 1111 2.40 16 1 0000 2.50 17 1 0001 2.80 18 1 0010 3.15 19 1 0011 3.20 20 1 0100 3.25 21 1 0101 3.30 22 1 0110 3.35 23 1 0111 3.40 24 1 1000 3.50 25 1 1001 3.80 26 1 1010 4.00 27 1 1011 4.10 28 1 1100 4.10 29 1 1101 4.10 30 1 1110 4.10 31 1 1111 4.10 Regulator SW7 is provided with two bits to set its mode of operation. • The SW7_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits allow the user to change the mode of operation of the SW7 regulators during the run state. If the regulator was programmed as part of the power up sequence, the SW7_RUN_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b11 (autoskip) by default. Otherwise, it is loaded with 0b00 (disabled). • The SW7_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits allow the user to change the mode of operation of the SW7 regulators during the standby state. If the regulator was programmed as part of the power up sequence, the SW7_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits are loaded with 0b11 (autoskip) by default. Otherwise it is loaded with 0b00 (disabled). Table 56. SW7 regulator mode configuration SW7_MODE[1:0] Mode of operation 00 OFF 01 PWM mode 10 PFM mode 11 Autoskip mode The SW7_MODE_I interrupt asserts the INTB pin when the SW7 regulator has changed the mode of operation, provided the corresponding interrupt is not masked. When the device toggles from run to standby mode, the SW7 output voltage remains the same, unless the regulator is enabled/disabled by the corresponding SW7_RUN_MODE[1:0] or SW7_STBY_MODE[1:0] bits. The SW7ILIM [1:0] bits are used to program the current limit detection level of SW7. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 70 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 57. SW7 current limit selection SW7ILIM[1:0] Typical current limit 00 2.1 A 01 2.6 A 10 3.0 A 11 4.5 A Regulator SW7 use 3 bits (SWxPHASE[2:0]) to control the phase shift of the switching frequency. Upon power up, the switching phase is defaulted to 0 degrees and can be modified during the system-on states. Table 58. SW7 phase configuration SW7_PHASE[2:0] Phase shift [degrees] 000 45 001 90 010 135 011 180 100 225 101 270 110 315 111 0 SW7 buck regulator provide 2 OTP bits to configure the value of the inductor used in the power stage. The OTP_SW7_LSELECT[1:0] allow to choose the inductor as shown in the following table. Table 59. SW7 inductor selection bits OTP_SW7_LSELECT[1:0] Inductor value 00 1.0 µH 01 0.47 µH 10 1.5 µH 11 Reserved 15.5.1 Electrical characteristics Table 60. Type 2 buck regulator electrical characteristics All parameters are specified at TA = −40 to 105 °C, VIN = VSW7IN = UVDET to 5.5 V, VSW7FB = 1.8 V, ISW7 = 500 mA, typical external component values, fSW = 2.25 MHz, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VSW7IN = 5.0 V, VSW7FB = 1.8 V, ISW7 = 500 mA, and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max VSW7IN Operating input voltage range 1.2 V < VSW7FB ≤ 1.85 V, DCR ≤ 40 mΩ UVDET — 5.5 VSW7IN Operating input voltage range 1.85 V < VSW7FB < 4.1 V, DCR ≤ 40 mΩ VSW7FB + 0.65 — 5.5 VSW7ACC Output voltage accuracy PWM mode 0 ≤ ISW7 ≤ 2.5 A −2.0 — 2.0 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Unit V V % All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 71 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max VSW7ACC Output voltage accuracy PFM mode 0 ≤ ISW7 ≤ ΔI/2 −4.0 — 4.0 tPFMtoPWM PFM to PWM transition time 10 — — µs ISW7 Maximum output load 2500 — — mA ISW7LIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SW7ILIM = 00 1.6 2.1 2.5 ISW7LIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SW7ILIM = 01 2.0 2.6 3.1 ISW7LIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SW7ILIM = 10 2.4 3.0 3.7 ISW7LIM Current limiter - inductor peak current detection SW7ILIM = 11 3.6 4.5 5.45 ISW7NILIM Negative current limit - inductor valley current detection 0.7 1.0 1.3 tSW7RAMP Soft-start ramp time during power up and power down VSW7FB = 1.8 V 90 — 200 tONSW7 Turn on time From regulator enabled to 90 % of end value VSW7FB = 1.8 V 100 180 300 VSW7OSH Startup overshoot −50 — 50 ηSW7 Efficiency PFM mode, 3.3 V, 1.0 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 85 — ηSW7 Efficiency PFM mode, 3.3 V, 50 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 88 — ηSW7 Efficiency PFM mode, 3.3 V, 100 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 90 — ηSW7 Efficiency PWM mode, 3.3 V, 400 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 91 — ηSW7 Efficiency PWM mode, 3.3 V, 1000 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 92 — ηSW7 Efficiency PWM mode, 3.3 V, 2000 mA, TJ = 125 °C — 90 — FSWx PWM switching frequency range Frequency set by CLK_FREQ[3:0] 1.9 2.5 3.15 TONminSW7 Minimum on time — 50 — ns TDBSW7 Deadband time — 3.0 — ns Tslew Slewing time 10 % to 90 % VSW7IN = 5.5 V — — 5.0 ΔVSW7 Output ripple Output cap ESR ~ 10 mΩ, 2 × 22 µF −1.0 — 1.0 VSW7LOTR Transient load regulation (overshoot/undershoot) Transient load = 200 mA to 1.0 A step di/dt = 2.0 A/ms Cout = 20 µF effective VSW7FB = 1.8 V PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Unit % A A A A A µs µs mV % % % % % % MHz ns % mV −50 — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 50 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 72 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit IRCS DCM (skip mode) reverse current sense threshold — 10 — mA ISW7Q Quiescent current PFM mode — 18 — ISW7Q Quiescent current Auto skip mode — 150 250 RONSW7HS SW7 high-side P-MOSFET RDS(on) — — 135 µA µA RONSW7LS SW7 low-side N-MOSFET RDS(on) — — 80 RSW7DIS SW7 discharge resistance (normal operation) — 100 200 RSW7TBB SW7 discharge resistance during TBB mode TBBEN = 1 and QPU_OFF state 1.0 2 — [1] [1] [1] mΩ mΩ Ω kΩ Max RDS(on) does not include bondwire resistance. Consider +50 % tolerance to account for bondwire and pin loses. Table 61. Recommended external components Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max L Output inductor [1] Maximum inductor DC resistance 50 mΩ Minimum saturation current at full load: 3.0 A 0.47 1.0 1.5 Cout Output capacitor Use 2 x 22 μF, 6.3 V X7T ceramic capacitor to reduce output capacitance ESR — 44 — Cin Input capacitor 4.7 μF, 10 V X7R ceramic capacitor — 4.7 — [1] Unit µH µF µF Keep inductor DCR as low as possible to improve regulator efficiency. 15.6 Linear regulators The PF8100/PF8200 has four low drop-out (LDO) regulators with the following features: • • • • • • PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet 400 mA current capability Input voltage range from 2.5 V to 5.5 V Programmable output voltage between 1.5 V and 5.0 V Soft-start ramp control during power up (enable) Discharge mechanism during power down (disable) OTP programmable Load switch mode All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 73 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 2.5 to 5.5 V VLDOxIN VBG1 LDOxEN CINLDOx VLDOx COLDOx I2C INTERFACE VLDOx[3:0] discharge aaa-028066 Figure 29. LDOx regulator block diagram LDO1 and LDO2 share the same input supply; LDO12IN while LDO3 and LDO4 have their own dedicated input supply pin, LDO3IN and LDO4IN respectively. The four LDOs are provided with one bit to enable or disable its output during the system-on states. • When LDOx_RUN_EN = 0, the LDO is disabled during the run mode. If the regulator is part of the power up sequence, this bit is set during the power up sequence. Otherwise it is defaulted to 0. • When LDOx_STBY_EN = 0, the LDO is disabled during the standby mode. If the regulator is part of the power up sequence, this bit is set during the power up sequence. Otherwise it is defaulted to 0. The mode of operation of the LDOx is selected on OTP via the OTP_LDOxLS bit. Table 62. LDO operation description LDOx_RUN_EN / LDOx_STBY_EN OTP_LDOxLS LDO operation mode (Run or standby mode) 0 X Disabled with output pull down active 1 0 Enabled in normal mode 1 1 Enabled in load switch configuration The LDOs use four bits to set the output voltage. • The VLDOx_RUN[3:0] sets the output voltage during the run mode. • The VLDOx_STBY[3:0] sets the output voltage during standby mode. The default output voltage configuration for the run and the standby mode is loaded from the OTP_VLDOx[3:0] registers on power up. Table 63. LDO output voltage configuration PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Set point VLDOx_RUN[3:0] VLDOx_STBY[3 :0] VLDOx output (V) 0 0000 1.5 1 0001 1.6 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 74 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Set point VLDOx_RUN[3:0] VLDOx_STBY[3 :0] VLDOx output (V) 2 0010 1.8 3 0011 1.85 4 0100 2.15 5 0101 2.5 6 0110 2.8 7 0111 3.0 8 1000 3.1 9 1001 3.15 10 1010 3.2 11 1011 3.3 12 1100 3.35 13 1101 1.65 14 1110 1.7 15 1111 5.0 LDO2 can be controlled by hardware using the VSELECT and LDO2EN pins. When controlling the LDO2 by hardware, the output voltage can be selectable by the VSELECT pin as well as enable/disable by the LDO2EN pin. 15.6.1 LDO load switch operation When the OTP_LDOxLS bit is set to 1, the corresponding LDO operates as a load switch, allowing a pass-through from the LDOxVIN to the corresponding LDOxVOUT output through a maximum 130 mΩ resistance. In this mode of operation, the input must be kept inside the LDO operating input voltage range (2.5 V to 5.5 V) When the LDO regulator is set in Load switch mode, the LDOxEN bit is used to enable or disable the switch. 15.6.2 LDO regulator electrical characteristics Table 64. LDO regulator electrical characteristics All parameters are specified at TA = −40 to 105 °C, VLDOxIN = 2.5 V to 5.5 V, VLDOx = 1.8 V, ILDOx = 100 mA, typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VLDOxIN = 5.5 V, VLDOx = 1.8 V, ILDOx = 100 mA, and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max VLDOxIN LDOx operating input voltage range 1.5 V ≤ VLDOx < 2.25 V 2.5 — 5.5 VLDOxIN LDOx operating input voltage range 2.25 V < VLDOx < 5.0 V VLDOxNOM + — 0.25 5.5 ILDOx Maximum load current 400 — — VLDOxTOL Output voltage tolerance 1.5 V ≤ VLDOx ≤ 5.0 V 0 mA < ILDOx ≤ 400 mA −3.0 — 3.0 VLDOxLOR Load regulation — 0.1 0.20 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Units V V mA % All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 mV/mA © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 75 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Units VLDOxLIR Line regulation — — 20 mV/mA ILDOxLIM Current limit ILDOx when VLDOx is forced to VLDOxNOM/2 450 850 1400 ILDOxQ Quiescent current (measured at TA = 25 °C) — 7.0 10 RDS(on) Drop-out/load switch on resistance VLDOINx = 3.3 V (at TJ =125 °C) — — 150 PSRRVLDOx DC PSRR ILDOx = 150 mA VLDOx[3:0] = 0000 to 1111 VLDOINx = VLDOxINMIN TRVLDOx 48 — — — 220 360 — — 400 μs — Startup overshoot VLDOINx = VLDOINxMIN VLDOx = 5.0 V ILDOx = 0.0 mA — 3500 % — 1.0 2.0 −6.0 — 6.0 VLDOxLOTR Transient load response ILDOx = 10 mA to 200 mA in 2.0 μs Peak of overshoot or undershoot of LDOx with respect to final value TonLDOxLS Load switch mode turn on rise time — 150 300 RdischLDOx Output discharge resistance when LDO is disabled LDO and Switch mode 50 100 300 ILSxLIM Load switch mode current limit when enabled LSxILIM_EN = 1 450 850 1400 RLDOxTBB LDOx pull down resistance during TBB mode TBBEN = 1 & in QPU_OFF state 1.0 2.0 — [1] mΩ μs Turn off time Disable to 10 % of initial value VLDOx = 5.0 V ILDOx = 0.0 mA VLDOxOSHT [1] μs Turn on time Enable to 90 % of end value VLDOx = 5.0 V ILDOx = 0.0 mA tOFFLDOx μA dB Turn on rise time (soft-start ramp) 10 % to 90 % of end value VLDOx = 3.3 V ILDOx = 0.0 mA tONLDOx mA % µs Ω mA kΩ Max RDS(on) does not include bondwire resistance. Consider 40 % tolerance to account for bondwire and pin loses. 15.7 Voltage monitoring The PF8100/PF8200 provides OV and UV monitoring capability for the following voltage regulators: • SW1 to SW7 • LDO1 to LDO4 A programmable UV threshold is selected via the OTP_SWxUV_TH[1:0] and OTP_LDOxUV_TH[1:0] bits. UV threshold selection represents a percentage of the nominal voltage programmed on each regulator. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 76 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 65. UV threshold configuration register OTP_SWxUV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDOxUV_TH[1:0] UV threshold level 00 95 % 01 93 % 10 91 % 11 89 % A programmable OV threshold is selected via the OTP_SWxOV_TH[1:0] and OTP_LDOxOV_TH[1:0] bits. OV threshold selection represents a percentage of the nominal voltage programmed on each regulator. Table 66. OV threshold configuration register OTP_SWxOV_TH OTP_LDOxOV_TH OV threshold level 00 105 % 01 107 % 10 109 % 11 111 % Two functional bits are provided to program the UV debounce time for all the voltage regulators. Table 67. UV debounce timer configuration UV_DB[1:0] OV debounce Time 00 5 µs 01 15 µs 10 25 µs 11 40 µs The default value of the UV_DB[1:0] upon a full register reset is 0b10 Two functional bits to program the OV debounce time for all the voltage regulators. Table 68. OV debounce timer configuration OV_DB[1:0] OV debounce Time 00 25 µs 01 50 µs 10 80 µs 11 125 µs The default value of the OV_DB[1:0] upon a full register reset is 0b00 The VMON_EN bits enable or disable the OV/UV monitor for each one of the external regulators (SWxVMON_EN, LDOxVMON_EN). • When the VMON_EN bit of a specific regulator is 1, the voltage monitor for that specific regulator is enabled. • When the VMON_EN bit of a specific regulator is 0, the voltage monitor for that specific regulator is disabled. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 77 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications By default, the VMON_EN bits are set to 1 on power up. When the I2C_SECURE_EN = 1, a secure write must be performed to set or clear the VMON_EN bits to enable or disable the voltage monitoring for a specific regulator. On enabling a regulator, the UV/OV monitor is masked until the corresponding regulator reaches the point of regulation. If a voltage monitor is disabled, the UV_S and OV_S indicators from that monitor are reset to 0. Figure 30 shows the PF8100/PF8200 voltage monitoring architecture. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 78 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications SW1FB SW1 VMON OV Hyst VMON LOGIC CONTROL OTP_SW1OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW1UV_TH[1:0] SW1VMON_EN OV_TH Digital Filter OV UV_TH Digital Filter UV OV/UV TH Gen UV Hyst PGOOD GENERATOR SW1_PG PGOOD GENERATOR SW6_PG PGOOD GENERATOR SW7_PG PGOOD GENERATOR LDO1_PG PGOOD GENERATOR LDO4_PG SW6FB SW6 VMON OV Hyst VMON LOGIC CONTROL OTP_SW6OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW6UV_TH[1:0] SW6VMON_EN OV_TH Digital Filter OV UV_TH Digital Filter UV OV/UV TH Gen UV Hyst SW7FB SW7 VMON OV Hyst VMON LOGIC CONTROL OTP_SW7OV_TH[1:0] MON_VREF VBG2 OTP_SW7UV_TH[1:0] SW7VMON_EN OV_TH Digital Filter OV UV_TH Digital Filter UV OV/UV TH Gen UV Hyst PGOOD LDO1OUT LDO1 VMON OV Hyst VMON LOGIC CONTROL OTP_LDO1OV_TH[1:0] MON_VREF VBG2 OTP_LDO1UV_TH[1:0] LDO1VMON_EN OV_TH Digital Filter OV UV_TH Digital Filter UV OV/UV TH Gen UV Hyst LDO4OUT LDO4 VMON OV Hyst VMON LOGIC CONTROL OTP_LDO4OV_TH[1:0] MON_VREF VBG2 OTP_LDO4UV_TH[1:0] LDO4VMON_EN OV_TH Digital Filter OV UV_TH Digital Filter UV OV/UV TH Gen UV Hyst aaa-028067 Figure 30. Voltage monitoring architecture PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 79 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 15.7.1 Electrical characteristics Table 69. VMON Electrical characteristics All parameters are specified at TA = –40 °C to 105 °C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 5.0 V, VxFB = 1.5 V (Type 1 Buck Regulator), 3.3 V (Type 2 Buck regulator, LDO Regulator), and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max IQON Block quiescent current, when block is enabled One block per regulator — 10 13 IOFF Block leakage current when disabled — — 500 nA tON_MON Voltage monitor settling time after enabled — — 30 µs VxFBUVHysteresis Power good (UV) hysteresis Voltage difference between UV rising and falling thresholds 0.5 — 1.0 VUV_Tol Undervoltage falling threshold accuracy With respect to target feedback voltage tolerance For type 2 switching regulator and LDO regulator For type 1 switching regulator when VSWxFB > 0.75 V VUV_Tol tUV_DB VOV_Tol Unit µA % % −2 — 2 −3 — 3 Power good (UV) debounce time UV_DV = 00 2.5 5.0 7.5 µs Power good (UV) debounce time UV_DV = 01 10 15 20 µs Power good (UV) debounce time UV_DV = 10 20 30 40 µs Power good (UV) debounce time UV_DV = 11 25 40 55 µs Under voltage falling threshold accuracy With respect to target feedback voltage For type 1 switching regulator when VSWxFB ≤ 0.75 V Overvoltage rising threshold accuracy With respect to target feedback voltage tolerance For type 2 switching regulator and LDO regulators For type 1 switching regulator when VSWxFB > 0.75 V % % −2 — 2 −3 — 3 VOV_Tol Overvoltage rising threshold With respect to target feedback voltage tolerance For type 1 switching regulator when VSWxFB ≤ 0.75 V VxFBOVHysteresis Overvoltage (OV) hysteresis Voltage difference between OV rising and falling thresholds 0.5 — 1.0 Power good (OV) debounce time OV_DV = 00 20 30 40 µs Power good (OV) debounce time OV_DV = 01 35 50 65 µs Power good (OV) debounce time OV_DV = 10 55 80 105 µs Power good (OV) debounce time OV_DV = 11 90 135 160 µs tOV_DB % % 15.8 Clock management The clock management provides a top-level management control scheme of internal clock and external synchronization intended to be primarily used for the switching regulators. The clock management incorporates various sub-blocks: • Low power 100 kHz clock • Internal high frequency clock with programmable frequency PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 80 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • Phase Locked Loop (PLL) A digital clock management interface is in charge of supporting interaction among these blocks. The clock management provides clocking signals for the internal state machine, the switching frequencies for the seven buck converters as well as the multiples of those switching frequencies in order to enable phase shifting for multiple phase operation. CLOCK MANAGEMENT BLOCK INTERNAL OSCILLATOR 100 kHz ± 5 % 100 kHz system clock 16 to 24 MHz CKL_FRQ[3:0] FSS_RANGE FSS_EN MUX 0 MUX DIVIDE BY 1 OR 6 333 kHz - 500 kHz DIV 1 BY 8 333 kHz - 500 kHz 1 FREQUENCY WATCHDOG FSYNC_RANGE f1 + 315° DLY f1 + 270° DLY f1 + 225° DLY f1 + 180° DLY f1 + 135° DLY f1 + 90° DLY f1 + 45° DLY f1 16 to 24 MHz 416.67 kHz centered IN En OTP_SYNCIN_EN PLL_OUT 16 to 24 MHz DIVIDE BY 48 PLL_IN SYNCIN 333 to 500 kHz or 2 - 3 MHz 16 to 24 MHz 1 INTERNAL OSCILLATOR 20 MHz ± 20 % DLY 0 OUT PLL X48 SYNCOUT I/O SYNCOUT_EN aaa-028068 Figure 31. Clock management architecture 15.8.1 Low frequency clock A low power 100 kHz clock is provided for overall logic and digital control. Internal logic and debounce timers are based on this 100 kHz clock. 15.8.2 High frequency clock The PF8100/PF8200 features a high frequency clock with nominal frequency of 20 MHz. Clock frequency is programmable over a range of ±20 % via the CLK_FREQ[3:0] control bits. 15.8.3 Manual frequency tuning The PF8100/PF8200 features a manual frequency tuning to set the switching frequency of the high frequency clock. The CLK_FREQ [3:0] bits allow a manual frequency tuning of the high frequency clock from 16 MHz to 24 MHz. 2 If a frequency change of two or more steps is requested by a single I C command, the device performs a gradual frequency change passing through all steps in between with a 5.2 µs time between each frequency step. When the frequency reaches the programmed value, the FREQ_RDY_I asserts the INTB pin, provided it is not masked. When the internal clock is used as the main frequency for the power generation, an internal frequency divider by 8 is used to generate the switching frequency for all the buck regulators. Adjusting the frequency of the high frequency clock allows for manual tuning of the switching frequencies for the buck regulators from 2.0 MHz to 3.0 MHz. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 81 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Table 70. Manual frequency tuning configuration CLK_FREQ[3:0] High speed clock frequency (MHz) Switching regulators frequency (MHz) 0000 20 2.500 0001 21 2.625 0010 22 2.750 0011 23 2.875 0100 24 3.000 0101 Not used Not used 0110 Not used Not used 0111 Not used Not used 1000 Not used Not used 1001 16 2.000 1010 17 2.125 1011 18 2.250 1100 19 2.375 1101 Not used Not used 1110 Not used Not used 1111 Not used Not used The default switching frequency is set by the OTP_CLK_FREQ[3:0] bits. Manual tuning cannot be applied when frequency spread-spectrum or external clock synchronization is used. However, during external clock synchronization, it is recommended to program the CLK_FREQ[3:0] bits to match the external frequency as close as possible. 15.8.4 Spread-spectrum The internal clock provides a programmable frequency spread spectrum with two ranges for narrow spread and wide spread to help manage EMC in the automotive applications. • When the FSS_EN = 1, the frequency spread-spectrum is enabled. • When the FSS_EN = 0, the frequency spread-spectrum is disabled. The default state of the FSS_EN bit upon a power up can be configured via the OTP_FSS_EN bit. The FSS_RANGE bit is provided to select the clock frequency range. • When FSS_RANGE = 0, the maximum clock frequency range is ±5 %. • When FSS_RANGE = 1, the maximum clock frequency range is ±10 %. The default value of the FSS_RANGE bit upon a power up can be configured via the OTP_FSS_RANGE bit. The frequency spread-spectrum is performed at a 24 kHz modulation frequency when the internal high frequency clock is used to generate the switching frequency for the switching regulators. When the external clock synchronization is enabled, the spreadspectrum is disabled. Figure 32 shows implementation of spread-spectrum for the two settings. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 82 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications fmod = 24 kHz 5% fosc 10.4 µs SS_RANGE = 0 time fmod = 24 kHz 10 % fosc 5.2 µs SS_RANGE = 1 time aaa-028069 Figure 32. Spread-spectrum waveforms If the frequency spread-spectrum is enabled, the switching regulators should be set in PWM mode to ensure clock synchronization at all time. If the external clock synchronization is enabled, (SYNCIN_EN = 1), the spread spectrum is disabled regardless of the value of the FSS_EN bit. 15.8.5 Clock Synchronization An external clock can be fed via the SYNCIN pin to synchronize the switching regulators to this external clock. When the OTP_SYNCIN_EN = 0, the external clock synchronization is disabled. In this case, the PLL is disabled, and the device always uses the internal high frequency clock to generate the main frequency for the switching regulators. When the OTP_SYNCIN_EN = 1, the external clock synchronization is enabled. In this case, the internal PLL is always enabled and it uses either the internal high frequency clock or the SYNCIN pin as it source to generate the main frequency for the switching regulators. If the SYNCIN function is not used, the pin should be grounded. If the external clock is meant to start up after the PMIC has started, the SYNCIN pin must be maintained low until the external clock is applied. The SYNCIN pin is prepared to detect clock signals with a 1.8 V or 3.3 V amplitude and within the frequency range set by the FSYNC_RANGE bit. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 83 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • When the FSYNC_RANGE = 0, the input frequency range at SYNCIN pin should be between 2000 kHz and 3000 kHz. • When the FSYNC_RANGE = 1, the input frequency range at SYNCIN pin should be between 333 kHz and 500 kHz. The OTP_FSYNC_RANGE bit is used to select the default frequency range accepted in the SYNCIN pin. The external clock duty cycle at the SYNCIN pin should be between 40 % and 60 %. An input frequency in the SYNCIN pin outside the range defined by the FSYNC_RANGE bit is detected as invalid. If the external clock is not present or invalid, the device automatically switches to the internal clock and sets the FSYNC_FLT_I interrupt, which in turn asserts the INTB pin provided it is not masked. The FSYNC_FLT_S bit is set to 1 as long as the input frequency is not preset or invalid, and it is cleared to 0 when the SYNCIN has a valid input frequency. The device switches back to the external switching frequency only when both, the FSYNC_FLT_I interrupt has been cleared and the SYNCIN pin sees a valid frequency. When the external clock is selected, the switching regulators should be set in PWM mode to ensure clock synchronization at all time. The SYNCOUT pin is used to synchronize an external device to the PF8100/PF8200. The SYNCOUT pin outputs the main frequency used for the switching regulators in the range of 2.0 MHz to 3.0 MHz. The SYNCOUT_EN bit can be used to enable or disable 2 the SYNCOUT feature via I C during the system-on states. • When SYNCOUT_EN = 0, the SYNCOUT feature is disabled and the pin is internally pulled to ground. • When SYNCOUT_EN = 1, the SYNCOUT pin toggles at the base frequency used by the switching regulators. The SYNCOUT function can be enabled or disabled by default by using the OTP_SYNCOUT_EN bit. Table 71. Clock management specifications All parameters are specified at TA = −40 to 105 °C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 5.0 V and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit Low frequency clock IQ100KHz 100 kHz clock quiescent current — — 3.0 µA f100KHzACC 100 kHz clock accuracy −5.0 — 5.0 % High frequency clock f20MHz High frequency clock nominal frequency via CLK_FREQ[3:0] = 0000 — 20 — f20MzACC High frequency clock accuracy −6.0 — 6.0 t20MHzStep Clock step transition time Minimum time to transition from one frequency step to the next in manual tuning mode — 5.2 — FSSRANGE Spread-spectrum range FSS_RANGE= 0 via CLK_FREQ[3:0] — Spread-spectrum is done around center frequency of 20 MHz PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet MHz % µs % ±5.0 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 — © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 84 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Symbol Parameter FSSRANGE Spread-spectrum range FSS_RANGE= 1 via CLK_FREQ[3:0] — Spread-spectrum is done around center frequency of 20 MHz ±10 — Spread spectrum frequency modulation — 24 — FSSmod Min Typ Max Unit % kHz Clock synchronization fSYNCIN SYNCIN input frequency range FSYNC_RANGE = 0 2000 — 3000 kHz fSYNCIN SYNCIN input frequency range FSYNC_RANGE = 1 333 — 500 fSYNCOUT SYNCOUT output frequency range via CLK_FREQ[3:0] 2000 — 3000 VSYNCINLO Input frequency low voltage threshold — — 0.3*VDDIO V VSYNCINHI Input frequency high voltage threshold 0.7*VDDIO — — V RPD_SYNCIN SYNCIN internal pull down resistance 0.475 1.0 __ MΩ VSYNCOUTLO Output frequency low voltage threshold 0 — 0.4 V VSYNCOUTHI Output frequency high voltage threshold VDDIO − 0.5 — — V kHz kHz 15.9 Thermal monitors The PF8100/PF8200 features ten temperature sensors spread around the die. These sensors are located at the following locations: 1. Center of die 6. Vicinity of SW5 2. Vicinity of SW1 7. Vicinity of SW6 3. Vicinity of SW2 8. Vicinity of SW7 4. Vicinity of SW3 9. Vicinity of LDO1-2 5. Vicinity of SW4 10. Vicinity of LDO3-4 The temperature sensor at the center of the die is used to generate the thermal interrupts and thermal shutdown. The output of all temperature sensors are internally connected to the Analog MUX, allowing the user to read the raw voltage equivalent to the temperature on each sensor. The processor can read outputs of the other temperature sensors and take appropriate action (such as reduce loading, or turning off regulator) if the temperature exceeds desired limits at any point in the die. Figure 33 shows a high level block diagram of the thermal monitoring architecture in PF8100/PF8200. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 85 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors analog/digital interface 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications COMP V165C (TSD) Tsense TEMP SW5 Tsense TEMP SW6 V140C (THERMAL INTERRUPT DECODING) V125C Tsense TEMP LDO1-2 Tsense TEMP LDO3-4 VTemp Tsense TEMP_IC V155C DIGITAL LOGIC STATE MACHINE Tsense TEMP SW7 AMUX V110C Tsense TEMP SW1 V95C V80C Tsense TEMP SW2 Tsense TEMP SW3 Tsense TEMP SW4 BG aaa-028070 Figure 33. Thermal monitoring architecture Table 72. Thermal monitor specifications Symbol Parameter VIN [1] Min Typ Max Unit Operating voltage range of thermal circuit UVDET — 5.5 V TCOF Thermal sensor coefficient — –3.5 — mV/ºC VTSROOM Thermal sensor voltage 24 ºC — 1.414 — TSEN_RANGE Thermal sensor temperature range –40 — 175 ºC VTEMP_MAX Thermal sensor output voltage range 0 — 1.8 V T80C 80 ºC temperature threshold 70 80 90 ºC T95C 95 ºC temperature threshold 85 95 105 ºC T110C 110 ºC temperature threshold 100 110 120 ºC T125C 125 ºC temperature threshold 115 125 135 ºC T140C 140 ºC temperature threshold 130 140 150 ºC T155C 155 ºC temperature threshold 145 155 165 ºC TSD Thermal shutdown threshold 155 165 175 ºC TWARN_HYS Thermal threshold hysteresis — 5.0 — ºC TSD_HYS Thermal shutdown hysteresis — 10 — ºC t_temp_db Debounce timer for temperature thresholds (bidirectional) — 10 — µs tSinterval Sampling interval time When TMP_MON_AON = 1 — 3.0 — tSwindow Sampling window When TMP_MON_AON = 1 — 450 — [1] V ms µs Sensor temperature is calculated with the following formula: T [°C] = (VTSENSE – 1.498 V) / TCOF, where VTSENSE is the thermal sensor voltage measured on the corresponding AMUX channel. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 86 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications aaa-028071 1.8 Tsense voltage (V) 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 -40 0 40 80 120 160 200 die temperature (°C) Figure 34. Thermal sensor voltage characteristics As the temperature crosses the thermal thresholds, the corresponding interrupts are set to notify the system. The processor may take appropriate action to bring down the temperature (either by turning off external regulators, reducing load, or turning on a fan). A 5 ºC hysteresis is implemented on a falling temperature in order to release the corresponding THERM_x_S signal. When the shutdown threshold is crossed, the PF8100/PF8200 initiates a thermal shutdown and it prevents from turning back on until the 15 ºC thermal shutdown hysteresis is crossed as the device cools down. 2 The temperature monitor can be enabled or disabled via I C with the TMP_MON_EN bit. • When TMP_MON_EN = 0, the temperature monitor circuit is disabled. • When TMP_MON_EN = 1, the temperature monitor circuit is enabled. In the run state, the temperature sensor can operate in always on or sampling modes. • When the TMP_MON_AON = 1, the device is always on during the run mode. • When the TMP_MON_AON = 0, the device operates in sampling mode to reduce current consumption in the system. In sampling mode, the thermal monitor is turned on during 450 µs at a 3.0 ms sampling interval. In the standby mode, the thermal monitor operates only in sampling mode as long as the TMP_MON_EN = 1 Table 73. Thermal monitor bit description PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Bit(s) Description THERM_80_I, THERM_80_S, THERM_80_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 80 ºC threshold THERM_95_I, THERM_95_S, THERM_95_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 95 ºC threshold THERM_110_I, THERM_110_S, THERM_110_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 110 ºC threshold THERM_125_I, THERM_125_S, THERM_125_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 125 ºC threshold THERM_140_I, THERM_140_S, THERM_140_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 140 ºC threshold THERM_155_I, THERM_155_S, THERM_155_M Interrupt, sense and mask bits for 155 ºC threshold TMP_MON_EN Disables temperature monitoring circuits when cleared All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 87 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Bit(s) Description TMP_MON_AON When set, the temperature monitoring circuit is always ON. When cleared, the temperature monitor operates in sampling mode. 15.10 Analog multiplexer A 24 channel Analog Multiplexer (AMUX) is provided to allow access to various internal voltages within the PMIC. The selected voltage is buffered and made available on the AMUX output pin during the system-on states. When the AMUX_EN bit is 0, the AMUX block is disabled and the output remains pulled down to ground. When the AMUX_EN bit is 1, the AMUX block is enabled and the system may select the channel to be read by using the AMUX_SEL[4:0] bits. Table 74. AMUX channel selection PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet AMUX_EN AMUX_SEL[4:0] AMUX selection Internal signal dividing ratio 0 X XXXX AMUX disabled and pin pulled-down to ground N/A 1 0 0000 AMUX disabled in high impedance mode N/A 1 0 0001 VIN 4 1 0 0010 VSNVS 3.5 1 0 0011 LICELL 3 1 0 0100 SW1_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (all other settings) 1 0 0101 SW2_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (All other settings) 1 0 0110 SW3_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (all other settings) 1 0 0111 SW4_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (all other settings) 1 0 1000 SW5_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (all other settings) 1 0 1001 SW6_FB 1.25 (1.8 V setting) 1 (all other settings) 1 0 1010 SW7_FB 10/3.5 = 2.86 1 0 1011 LDO1 10/3 = 3.33 1 0 1100 LDO2 10/3 = 3.33 1 0 1101 LDO3 10/3 = 3.33 1 0 1110 LDO4 10/3 = 3.33 1 0 1111 TEMP_IC 1 1 1 0000 TEMP_SW1 1 1 1 0001 TEMP_SW2 1 1 1 0010 TEMP_SW3 1 1 1 0011 TEMP_SW4 1 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 88 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AMUX_EN AMUX_SEL[4:0] AMUX selection Internal signal dividing ratio 1 1 0100 TEMP_SW5 1 1 1 0101 TEMP_SW6 1 1 1 0110 TEMP_SW7 1 1 1 0111 TEMP_LDO1_2 1 1 1 1000 TEMP_LDO3_4 1 1 1 1001 to 1 1111 Reserved N/A All selectable input signals are conditioned internally to fall within an operating output range from 0.3 V to 1.65 V, However, the AMUX pin is clamped to a maximum 2.5 V. Table 75. AMUX specifications Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit VIN Operational voltage UVDET — 5.5 V IREF Current reference range 0.95 1.0 1.05 µA VOFFSET AMUX output voltage offset (input to output) –6.25 — 6.25 mV IQAMUX AMUX quiescent current — 110 — µA tAMUX_ON AMUX settling time (off to channel transition) Max step size of 1.8 V; output cap 150 pF — — 50 tAMUX_CHG AMUX settling time (channel to channel transition) Max step size of 1.8 V; output cap 150 pF — — 50 VCLAMP AMUX clamping voltage 1.8 2.5 3.1 RADIV_CH1 Channel 1 Internal divider ratio Input source = VIN 3.97 4.0 4.05 RADIV_CH2 Channel 2 internal divider ratio Input source = VSNVS 3.48 3.5 3.54 RADIV_CH3 Channel 3 internal divider ratio Input source = LICELL 2.98 3.0 3.04 RADIV_CH4_9 Channel 4 to 9 internal divider ratio Input source = Type 1 regulators at 1.8 V configuration 1.241 1.25 1.267 RADIV_CH10 Channel 10 internal divider ratio Input source = Type 2 regulator 2.85 2.86 2.91 RADIV_CH10_14 Channel 11 to 14 internal divider ratio Input source = LDO regulators 3.32 3.35 3.39 µs µs V — — — — — — 15.11 Watchdog event management A watchdog event may be started in two ways: • The WDI pin toggles low due to a watchdog failure on the MCU • The internal watchdog expiration counter reach the maximum value the WD timer is allowed to expire A watchdog event initiated by the WDI pin may perform a hard WD reset or a soft WD reset as defined by the WDI_MODE bit. A watchdog event initiated by the internal watchdog always performs a hard WD reset. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 89 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 15.11.1 Internal watchdog timer The internal WD timer counts up and it expires when it reaches the value in the WD_DURATION[3:0] register. When the WD timer starts counting, the WD_CLEAR flag is set to 1. Clearing the WD_CLEAR flag within the valid window is interpreted as a successful watchdog refresh and the WD timer gets reset. The MCU must write a 1 to clear the WD_CLEAR flag. The WD timer is reset when device goes into any of the off modes and does not start counting until RESETBMCU is deasserted in the next power up sequence. The OTP_WD_DURATION[3:0] selects the initial configuration for the watchdog window duration between 1.0 ms and 32768 ms (typical values). The watchdog window duration can change during the system-on states by modifying the WD_DURATION[3:0] bits on the functional register map. If the WD_DURATION[3:0] bits get changed during the system-on states, the WD timer is reset. Table 76. Watchdog duration register WD_DURATION[3:0] Watchdog timer duration (ms) 0000 1 0001 2 0010 4 0011 8 0100 16 0101 32 0110 64 0111 128 1000 256 1001 512 1010 1024 1011 2048 1100 4096 1101 8192 1110 16384 1111 32768 The WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] counter is used to ensure no cyclic watchdog condition occurs. When the WD_CLEAR flag is cleared successfully before the WD timer expires, the WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] is decreased by 1. Every time the WD timer is not successfully refreshed, it gets reset and starts a new count and the WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] is increased by 2. If WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] = WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0], a WD event is initiated. The default maximum amount of time the watchdog can expire before starting a WD Reset, is set by the OTP_WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0]. Writing a value less than or equal to 0x02 on the OTP_WD_MAX_EXPIRE causes the watchdog event to be initiated, as soon as the WD Timer expires for the first time. The OTP_WDWINDOW bit selects whether the watchdog is singled ended or window mode. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 90 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications • When OTP_WDWINDOW = 0, the WD_CLEAR flag can be cleared within 100 % of the watchdog timer. • When OTP_WDWINDOW = 1, the WD_CLEAR flag can only be cleared within the second half of the programmed watchdog timer. Clearing the WD_CLEAR flag within the first half of the watchdog window is interpreted as a failure to refresh the watchdog. WD_TIMER 100 % Window WD_EXPIRE_CNT WD refresh OK 0 t = WD_DURATION 0 WD refresh OK WD refresh OK WD refresh NOK 1 WD refresh OK WD refresh NOK WD_TIMER Expired WD refresh OK WD refresh NOK WD refresh NOK WD_TIMER 50 % Window 3 WD refresh OK WD refresh NOK 0 t = WD_DURATION 2 4 WD refresh OK WD refresh NOK WD refresh OK 5 WD refresh NOK WD refresh NOK WD_TIMER Expired WD refresh NOK n= WD_MAX _EXPIRE WD EVENT aaa-028072 Figure 35. Watchdog timer operation 2 The watchdog function can be enabled or disabled by writing the WD_EN bit on the I C register map. When the I2C_SECURE_EN = 1, a secure write must be performed to change the WD_EN bit. • When WD_EN = 0 the internal watchdog timer operation is disabled. • When WD_EN = 1 the internal watchdog timer operation is enabled. The OTP_WD_EN bit is used to select the default status of the watchdog counter upon power up. The watchdog function can be programmed to be enabled or disabled during the 2 standby state by writing the WD_STBY_EN bit on the I C register map. When the I2C_SECURE_EN = 1, a secure write must be performed to modify the WD_STBY_EN bit. • When WD_STBY_EN = 0 the internal watchdog timer operation during standby is disabled. • When WD_STBY_EN = 1 the internal watchdog timer operation during standby is enabled. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 91 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The OTP_WD_STBY_EN bit selects whether the watchdog is active in standby mode by default or not. 15.11.2 Watchdog reset behaviors When a watchdog event is started, a watchdog (WD) reset is performed. There are two types of watchdog reset: • Soft WD reset • Hard WD reset A soft WD reset is used as a safe way for the MCU to force the PMIC to return to a known default configuration without forcing a POR Reset on the MCU. During a soft WH reset, the RESETBMCU remains deasserted all the time. Upon a soft WD reset, a partial OTP register re-load is performed on the registers as shown in Table 77. Table 77. Soft WD register reset Bit name Register Bits STANDBYINV CTRL2 2 RUN_PG_GPO CTRL2 1 STBY_PG_GPO CRTL2 0 RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] RESETBMCU PWRUP 7:0 PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] PGOOD PWRUP 7:0 WD_EN CTRL1 3 WD_DURATION[3:0] WD CONFIG 3:0 WD_STBY_EN CTRL1 2 WDI_STBY_ACTIVE CTRL1 1 SWx_WDBYPASS SWx CONFIG1 1 SWx_PG_EN SWx CONFIG1 0 SWxDVS_RAMP SWx CONFIG2 5 SWxILIM[1:0] SWx CONFIG2 4:3 SWxPHASE[2:0] SWx CONFIG2 2:0 SWx_SEQ[7:0] SWx PWRUP 7:0 SWx_PDGRP[1:0] SWx MODE 5:4 SWx_STBY_MODE [1:0] SWx MODE 3:2 SWx RUN_MODE [1:0] SWx MODE 1:0 VSWx_RUN [7:0] SWx RUN VOLT 7:0 VSWx_STBY [7:0] SWx STBY VOLT 7:0 VSW7 [4:0] SW7 VOLT 4:0 SW6_VTTEN SW6_CONFIG2 6 LDOx_WDBYPASS LDOx CONFIG1 1 LDOx_PG_EN LDOx CONFIG1 0 Configuration registers SW registers LDO registers PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 92 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Bit name Register Bits LDOx_PDGRP[1:0] LDOx CONFIG2 6:5 LDO2HW_EN LDO2 CONFIG2 4 VSELECT_EN LDO2 CONFIG2 3 LDOxLS LDOx CONFIG2 2 LDOx_RUN_EN LDOx CONFIG2 1 LDOx_STBY_EN LDOx CONFIG2 0 LDOx_SEQ [7:0] LDOx PWRUP 7:0 VLDOx_RUN[3:0] LDOx RUN VOLT 3:0 VLDOx_STBY[3:0] LDOx STBY VOLT 3:0 A soft WD reset may require all or some regulators to be reset to their default OTP configuration. In the event a regulator is required to keep its current configuration during a soft WD reset, a watchdog bypass bit is provided for each regulator (SWx_WDBYPASS / LDOx_WDBYPASS). • When the WDBYPASS = 0, the watchdog bypass is disabled and the output of the corresponding regulator is returned to its default OTP value during the soft WD reset. • When the WDBYPASS = 1, the watchdog bypass is enabled and the output of the corresponding regulator is not affected by the soft WD reset, keeping its current configuration. During a soft WD reset, only regulators that are activated in the power up sequence go back to their default voltage configuration if their corresponding WDBYPASS = 0. Switching regulators returning to their default voltages configuration, will gradually reach the new output voltage using its DVS configuration. LDO regulators returning to their default configuration, will change to the default output voltage configuration instantaneously. Regulators with WDBYPASS = 0 and which are not activated during the power up sequence will turn off immediately. After all output voltages, have transitioned to their corresponding default values, the device waits for at least 30 μs before returning to the run state and announces it has finalized the soft WD reset by asserting the INTB pin, provided the WDI_I interrupt is not masked. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 93 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Soft WD Reset Behavior WDI Event WDI OK Regulator with WDBYPASS = 1 WDI Event WDI OK Configuration Maintained Not in Power up Sequence WDBYPASS = 0 Default OTP Configuration In Power up Sequence VSNVS RESETBMCU INTB 30 µs Power Down Sequence WD Reset System ON aaa-028073 Figure 36. Soft WD reset behavior A hard WD reset is used to force a system power-on reset when the MCU has becomes unresponsive. In this scenario, a full OTP register reset is performed. During a hard WD reset, the device turn off all regulators and deassert RESETBMCU as indicated by the power down sequence. If PGOOD is programmed as a GPO and configured as part of the power up sequence, it will also be disabled accordingly. After all regulator's outputs have gone through the power down sequence and the power down delay is finished, the device waits for 30 µs before reloading the default OTP configuration and gets ready to start a power up sequence if the XFAILB pin is not held low externally. Hard WD Reset Behavior WDI Event WD OK WD Event WD OK Regulator Outputs Default OTP VSNVS RESETBMCU Power down Delay 30 µs WD Reset Power Down Sequence Power Up Sequence System ON aaa-028074 Figure 37. Hard WD reset behavior After a WD reset, the PMIC may enter the standby state depending on the status of STANDBY pin. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 94 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Every time a WD event occurs, the WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] nibble is incremented. To prevent continuous failures, if the WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] = WD_MAX_CNT[3:0] the state machine proceeds to the fail-safe transition. The MCU is expected to clear the WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] when it is able to do so in order to keep proper operation. Upon power up, the WD_MAX_CNT[3:0] is loaded with the values on the OTP_WD_MAX_CNT[3:0] bits. Every time the device passes through the off states, the WD_EVENT_CNT[3:0] is reset to 0x00, to ensure the counter has a fresh start after a device power down. WD_EVENT_CNT WD_EVENT_CNT reset by MCU 0 WD EVENT 1 WD EVENT 2 WD EVENT WD_EVENT_CNT reset by Fail-safe Transition 3 WD EVENT 4 WD EVENT 5 WD EVENT n= WD_MAX _CNT FAIL-SAFE TRANSITION aaa-028075 Figure 38. Watchdog event counter 2 16 I C register map The PF8100/PF8200 provide a complete set of registers for control and diagnostics of the PMIC operation. The configuration of the device is done at two different levels. At first level, the OTP Mirror registers provide the default hardware and software configuration for the PMIC upon power up. These are one time programmable and should be defined during the system development phase, and are not meant to be modified during the application. See Section 17 "OTP/TBB and default configurations" for more details on the OTP configuration feature. At a second level, the PF8100/PF8200 provides a set of functional registers intended for system configuration and diagnostics during the system operation. These registers are accessible during the system-on states and can be modified at any time by the System Control Unit. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 95 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications The device ID register provides general information about the PMIC. • DEVICE_FAM[3:0]: indicates the PF8x00 family of devices 0100 (fixed) • DEVICE_ID[3:0]: provides the device type identifier 0000 = PF8100 1000 = PF8200 Registers 0x02 and 0x03 provide a customizable program ID registers to identify the specific OTP configuration programmed in the part. • EMREV (Address 0x02): contains the MSB bits PROG_ID[8:11] • PROG_ID (Address 0x03): contains the LSB bit PROG_ID[7:0] 16.1 PF8200 functional register map RESET SIGNALS R/W types UVDET Reset when VIN crosses UVDET threshold R Read only OFF_OTP Bits are loaded with OTP values (mirror register) R/W Read and Write OFF_TOGGLE Reset when device goes to OFF mode RW1C Read, Write a 1 to clear SC Self-clear after write R/SW Read/Secure Write NO_VSNVS Reset when BOS has no valid input VIN < UVDET and coin cell < 1.8 V (VSNVS not present) R/TW Read/Write on TBB only AD DR Register Name R/W 00 DEVICE ID R DEVICE_FAM[3:0] DEVICE_ID[3:0] 01 REV ID R FULL_LAYER_REV[3:0] METAL_LAYER_REV[3:0] 02 EMREV R PROG_ID[11:8] 03 PROG ID R 04 INT STATUS1 RW1C SDWN_I FREQ_RDY_I CRC_I PWRUP_I PWRDN_I XINTB_I FSOB_I VIN_OVLO_I 05 INT MASK1 R/W SDWN_M FREQ_RDY_M CRC_M PWRUP_M PWRDN_M XINTB_M FSOB_M VIN_OVLO_M 06 INT SENSE1 R — — — — — XINTB_S FSOB_S VIN_OVLO_S 07 THERM INT RW1C WDI_I FSYNC_FLT_I THERM_155_I THERM_140_I THERM_125_I THERM_110_I THERM_95_I THERM_80_I 08 THERM MASK R/W WDI_M FSYNC_FLT_M THERM_155_M THERM_140_M THERM_125_M THERM_110_M THERM_95_M THERM_80_M 09 THERM SENSE R WDI_S FSYNC_FLT_S THERM_155_S THERM_140_S THERM_125_S THERM_110_S THERM_95_S THERM_80_S 0A SW MODE INT RW1C — SW7_MODE_I SW6_MODE_I SW5_MODE_I SW4_MODE_I SW3_MODE_I SW2_MODE_I SW1_MODE_I 0B SW MODE MASK R/W — SW7_MODE_M SW6_MODE_M SW5_MODE_M SW4_MODE_M SW3_MODE_M SW2_MODE_M SW1_MODE_M 12 SW ILIM INT RW1C — SW7_ILIM_I SW6_ILIM_I SW5_ILIM_I SW4_ILIM_I SW3_ILIM_I SW2_ILIM_I SW1_ILIM_I 13 SW ILIM MASK R/W — SW7_ILIM_M SW6_ILIM_M SW5_ILIM_M SW4_ILIM_M SW3_ILIM_M SW2_ILIM_M SW1_ILIM_M 14 SW ILIM SENSE R — SW7_ILIM_S SW6_ILIM_S SW5_ILIM_S SW4_ILIM_S SW3_ILIM_S SW2_ILIM_S SW1_ILIM_S 15 LDO ILIM INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_ILIM_I LDO3_ILIM_I LDO2_ILIM_I LDO1_ILIM_I 16 LDO ILIM MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_ILIM_M LDO3_ILIM_M LDO2_ILIM_M LDO1_ILIM_M 17 LDO ILIM SENSE R — — — — LDO4_ILIM_S LDO3_ILIM_S LDO2_ILIM_S LDO1_ILIM_S 18 SW UV INT RW1C — SW7_UV_I SW6_UV_I SW5_UV_I SW4_UV_I SW3_UV_I SW2_UV_I SW1_UV_I 19 SW UV MASK R/W — SW7_UV_M SW6_UV_M SW5_UV_M SW4_UV_M SW3_UV_M SW2_UV_M SW1_UV_M 1A SW UV SENSE R — SW7_UV_S SW6_UV_S SW5_UV_S SW4_UV_S SW3_UV_S SW2_UV_S SW1_UV_S 1B SW OV INT RW1C — SW7_OV_I SW6_OV_I SW5_OV_I SW4_OV_I SW3_OV_I SW2_OV_I SW1_OV_I 1C SW OV MASK R/W — SW7_OV_M SW6_OV_M SW5_OV_M SW4_OV_M SW3_OV_M SW2_OV_M SW1_OV_M 1D SW OV SENSE R — SW7_OV_S SW6_OV_S SW5_OV_S SW4_OV_S SW3_OV_S SW2_OV_S SW1_OV_S 1E LDO UV INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_UV_I LDO3_UV_I LDO2_UV_I LDO1_UV_I 1F LDO UV MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_UV_M LDO3_UV_M LDO2_UV_M LDO1_UV_M 20 LDO UV SENSE R — — — — LDO4_UV_S LDO3_UV_S LDO2_UV_S LDO1_UV_S PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 EMREV[2:0] — PROG_ID[7:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 96 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register Name R/W BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 21 LDO OV INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_OV_I LDO3_OV_I LDO2_OV_I LDO1_OV_I 22 LDO OV MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_OV_M LDO3_OV_M LDO2_OV_M LDO1_OV_M 23 LDO OV SENSE R — — — — LDO4_OV_S LDO3_OV_S LDO2_OV_S LDO1_OV_S 24 PWRON INT RW1C BGMON_I PWRON_8S_I PWRON_4S_I PRON_3S_I PWRON_2S_I PWRON_1S_I PWRON_REL_I PWRON_PUSH_I 25 PWRON MASK R/W BGMON_M PWRON_8S_M PWRON_4S_M PRON_3S_M PWRON_2S_M PWRON_1S_M PWRON_REL_M PWRON_PUSH_M 26 PWRON SENSE R BGMON_S — — — — — — PWRON_S 27 SYS INT R EWARN_I PWRON_I OV_I UV_I ILIM_I MODE_I STATUS2_I STATUS1_I 29 HARD FAULT FLAGS RW1C — — — — PU_FAIL WD_FAIL REG_FAIL TSD_FAIL 2A FSOB FLAGS R/SW — — — FSOB_ASS_NOK FSOB_SFAULT _NOK FSOB_WDI_NOK FSOB_WDC_NOK FSOB_HFAULT_ NOK 2B FSOB SELECT R/W — — — — FSOB_SOFTFAULT FSOB_WDI FSOB_WDC FSOB_HARDFAULT 2C ABIST OV1 R/SW — AB_SW7_OV AB_SW6_OV AB_SW5_OV AB_SW4_OV AB_SW3_OV AB_SW2_OV AB_SW1_OV 2D ABIST OV2 R/SW — — — — AB_LDO4_OV AB_LDO3_OV AB_LDO2_OV AB_LDO1_OV 2E ABIST UV1 R/SW — AB_SW7_UV AB_SW6_UV AB_SW5_UV AB_SW4_UV AB_SW3_UV AB_SW2_UV AB_SW1_UV 2F ABIST UV2 R/SW — — — — AB_LDO4_UV AB_LDO3_UV AB_LDO2_UV AB_LDO1_UV 30 TEST FLAGS R/TW — — — LDO2EN_S VSELECT_S STEST_NOK TRIM_NOK OTP_NOK 31 ABIST RUN R/SW — — — — — — — AB_RUN 33 RANDOM GEN R 34 RANDOM CHK R/W 35 VMONEN1 R/SW — SW7VMON_EN SW6VMON_EN SW5VMON_EN SW4VMON_EN SW3VMON_EN SW2VMON_EN SW1VMON_EN 36 VMONEN2 R/SW — — — — LDO4VMON_EN LDO3VMON_EN LDO2VMON_EN LDO1VMON_EN 37 CTRL1 R/SW VIN_OVLO_EN VIN_OVLO_SDWN WDI_MODE TMP_MON_EN WD_EN WD_STBY_EN WDI_STBY_ACTIVE I2C_SECURE_EN 38 CTRL2 R/W — TMP_MON_AON LPM_OFF STANDBYINV RUN_PG_GPO STBY_PG_GPO 39 CTRL3 R/W OV_DB[1:0] — — PMIC_OFF INTB_TEST 3A PWRUP CTRL R/W — 3C RESETBMCU PWRUP R/W 3D PGOOD PWRUP R/W 3E PWRDN DLY1 R/W 3F PWRDN DLY2 R/W — — — — 40 FREQ CTRL R/W SYNCOUT_EN FSYNC_RANGE FSS_EN FSS_RANGE 41 COINCELL CTRL R/W — — COINCHG_EN COINCHG_OFF 42 PWRON R/W — — — 43 WD CONFIG R/W — — — — 44 WD CLEAR R/W1C — — — — 45 WD EXPIRE R/W — 46 WD COUNTER R/W WD_MAX_CNT [3:0] WD_EVENT_CNT [3:0] 47 FAULT COUNTER R/W FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] FAULT_CNT [3:0] 48 FSAFE COUNTER R/W — — — — 49 FAULT TIMERS R/W — — — — 4A AMUX R/W — — AMUX_EN 4D SW1 CONFIG1 R/W SW1_UV_ BYPASS SW1_OV_BYPASS SW1_ILIM_BYPASS SW1_UV_STATE 4E SW1 CONFIG2 R/W SW1_FLT_REN — SW1DVS_RAMP SW1ILIM[1:0] 4F SW1 PWRUP R/W 50 SW1 MODE R/W 51 SW1 RUN VOLT R/W VSW1_RUN[7:0] 52 SW1 STBY VOLT R/W VSW1_STBY[7:0] 55 SW2 CONFIG1 R/W SW2_UV_ BYPASS SW2_OV_BYPASS SW2_ILIM_BYPASS SW2_UV_STATE 56 SW2 CONFIG2 R/W SW2_FLT_REN — SW2DVS_RAMP SW2ILIM[1:0] 57 SW2 PWRUP R/W 58 SW2 MODE1 R/W 59 SW2 RUN VOLT R/W VSW2_RUN[7:0] 5A SW2 STBY VOLT R/W VSW2_STBY[7:0] PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet RANDOM_GEN[7:0] RANDOM_CHK[7:0] VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] UV_DB[1:0] PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] PWRDWN_MODE RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] SEQ_TBASE[1:0] RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] GRP4_DLY[1:0] GRP3_DLY[1:0] GRP2_DLY[1:0] — GRP1_DLY[1:0] RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] — CLK_FREQ[3:0] VCOIN[3:0] PWRON_DBNC [1:0] TRESET[1:0] PWRON_RST_EN WD_DURATION[3:0] — WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0] — — WD_CLEAR WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] — FS_CNT [3:0] TIMER_FAULT[3:0] AMUX_SEL [4:0] SW1_OV_STATE SW1_ILIM_STATE SW1_WDBYPASS SW1_PG_EN SW1PHASE[2:0] SW1_SEQ[7:0] — SW1_PDGRP[1:0] — SW1_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW2_OV_STATE SW2_ILIM_STATE SW1_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW2_WDBYPASS SW2_PG_EN SW2PHASE[2:0] SW2_SEQ[7:0] — — SW2_PDGRP[1:0] SW2_STBY_MODE[1:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 SW2_RUN_MODE[1:0] © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 97 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register Name R/W BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 5D SW3 CONFIG1 R/W SW3_UV_ BYPASS SW3_OV_BYPASS SW3_ILIM_BYPASS SW3_UV_STATE SW3_OV_STATE SW3_ILIM_STATE SW3_WDBYPASS SW3_PG_EN 5E SW3 CONFIG2 R/W SW3_FLT_REN — SW3DVS_RAMP 5F SW3 PWRUP R/W 60 SW3 MODE1 R/W 61 SW3 RUN VOLT R/W VSW3_RUN[7:0] 62 SW3 STBY VOLT R/W VSW3_STBY[7:0] 65 SW4 CONFIG1 R/W SW4_UV_ BYPASS SW4_OV_BYPASS SW4_ILIM_BYPASS SW4_UV_STATE 66 SW4 CONFIG2 R/W SW4_FLT_REN — SW4DVS_RAMP SW4ILIM[1:0] 67 SW4 PWRUP R/W 68 SW4 MODE1 R/W 69 SW4 RUN VOLT R/W VSW4_RUN[7:0] 6A SW4 STBY VOLT R/W VSW4_STBY[7:0] 6D SW5 CONFIG1 R/W SW5_UV_ BYPASS SW5_OV_BYPASS SW5_ILIM_BYPASS 6E SW5 CONFIG2 R/W SW5_FLT_REN — SW5DVS_RAMP 6F SW5 PWRUP R/W 70 SW5 MODE1 R/W 71 SW5 RUN VOLT R/W VSW5_RUN[7:0] 72 SW5 STBY VOLT R/W VSW5_STBY[7:0] 75 SW6 CONFIG1 R/W SW6_UV_ BYPASS SW6_OV_BYPASS SW6_ILIM_BYPASS SW6_UV_STATE 76 SW6 CONFIG2 R/W SW6_FLT_REN SW6_VTTEN SW6DVS_RAMP SW6ILIM[1:0] 77 SW6 PWRUP R/W 78 SW6 MODE1 R/W 79 SW6 RUN VOLT R/W VSW6_RUN[7:0] 7A SW6 STBY VOLT R/W VSW6_STBY[7:0] 7D SW7 CONFIG1 R/W SW7_UV_ BYPASS SW7_OV_BYPASS SW7_ILIM_BYPASS 7E SW7 CONFIG2 R/W SW7_FLT_REN — — 7F SW7 PWRUP R/W 80 SW7 MODE1 R/W — — SW7_PDGRP[1:0] 81 SW7 RUN VOLT R/W — — — 85 LDO1 CONFIG1 R/W LDO1_UV_ BYPASS LDO1_OV_BYPASS LDO1_ILIM_ BYPASS 86 LDO1 CONFIG2 R/W LDO1_FLT_ REN 87 LDO1 PWRUP R/W 88 LDO1 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO1_RUN[3:0] 89 LDO1 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO1_STBY[3:0] 8B LDO2 CONFIG1 R/W LDO2_UV_ BYPASS LDO2_OV_BYPASS LDO2_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO2_UV_STATE LDO2_OV_STATE LDO2_ILIM_STATE LDO2_WDBYPASS LDO2_PG_EN 8C LDO2 CONFIG2 R/W LDO2_FLT_ REN LDO2HW_EN VSELECT_EN — LDO2_RUN_EN LDO2_STBY_EN 8D LDO2 PWRUP R/W 8E LDO2 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO2_RUN[3:0] 8F LDO2 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO2_STBY[3:0] 91 LDO3 CONFIG1 R/W LDO3_UV_ BYPASS LDO3_OV_BYPASS LDO3_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO3_UV_STATE LDO3_OV_STATE LDO3_ILIM_STATE LDO3_WDBYPASS LDO3_PG_EN 92 LDO3 CONFIG2 R/W LDO3_FLT_ REN — — — LDO3_RUN_EN LDO3_STBY_EN 93 LDO3 PWRUP R/W 94 LDO3 RUN VOLT R/W PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet SW3ILIM[1:0] SW3PHASE[2:0] SW3_SEQ[7:0] — SW3_PDGRP[1:0] — SW3_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW4_OV_STATE SW3_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW4_ILIM_STATE SW4_WDBYPASS SW4_PG_EN SW4PHASE[2:0] SW4_SEQ[7:0] — SW4_PDGRP[1:0] — SW4_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW5_UV_STATE SW5_OV_STATE SW4_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW5_ILIM_STATE SW5ILIM[1:0] SW5_WDBYPASS SW5_PG_EN SW5PHASE[2:0] SW5_SEQ[7:0] — SW5_PDGRP[1:0] — SW5_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW6_OV_STATE SW5_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW6_ILIM_STATE SW6_WDBYPASS SW6_PG_EN SW6PHASE[2:0] SW6_SEQ[7:0] — SW6_PDGRP[1:0] — SW6_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW7_UV_STATE SW7_OV_STATE SW6_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW7_ILIM_STATE SW7ILIM[1:0] SW7_WDBYPASS SW7_PG_EN SW7PHASE[2:0] SW7_SEQ[7:0] SW7_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW7_RUN_MODE[1:0] VSW7[4:0] LDO1_PDGRP[1:0] LDO1_UV_STATE LDO1_OV_STATE LDO1_ILIM_STATE LDO1_WDBYPASS LDO1_PG_EN — — — LDO1_RUN_EN LDO1_STBY_EN LDO1_SEQ[7:0] LDO2_PDGRP[1:0] LDO2_SEQ[7:0] LDO3_PDGRP[1:0] LDO3_SEQ[7:0] — — — — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 VLDO3_RUN[3:0] © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 98 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register Name R/W BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 95 LDO3 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — 97 LDO4 CONFIG1 R/W LDO4_UV_ BYPASS LDO4_OV_BYPASS LDO4_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO4_UV_STATE LDO4_OV_STATE LDO4_ILIM_STATE LDO4_WDBYPASS LDO4_PG_EN 98 LDO4 CONFIG2 R/W LDO4_FLT_ REN — — — LDO4_RUN_EN LDO4_STBY_EN 99 LDO4 PWRUP R/W 9A LDO4 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO4_RUN[3:0] 9B LDO4 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO4_STBY[3:0] 9D VSNVS CONFIG1 R/W — — — — — 9F PAGE SELECT R/TW — — — — — LDO4_PDGRP[1:0] BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 VLDO3_STBY[3:0] LDO4_SEQ[7:0] VSNVSVOLT [1:0] — PAGE[2:0] 16.2 PF8200 OTP mirror register map (page 1) Reset types OFF_OTP Register loads the OTP mirror register values during power up OTP Register available in OTP bank only, reset from fuses when VIN crosses UVDET threshold VSNVS Reset when BOS has no valid input. VIN < UVDET and coin cell < 1.8 V (VSNVS not present) ADDR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 A0 OTP FSOB SELECT — — — OTP_FSOB_ ASS_EN OTP_FSOB_ SOFTFAULT OTP_FSOB_ WDI OTP_FSOB_ WDC OTP_FSOB_ HARDFAULT A1 OTP I2C — — — OTP_I2C_ SECURE_EN OTP_I2C_ CRC_EN A2 OTP CTRL1 — — OTP_EWARN_TIME[1:0] OTP_FS_ BYPASS OTP_ STANDBYINV A3 OTP CTRL2 OTP_FSS_EN OTP_FSS_RANGE — OTP_VIN_ OVLO_SDWN OTP_VIN_ OVLO_EN A4 OTP CTRL3 OTP_VTT_PDOWN OTP_SW6_VTTEN A5 OTP FREQ CTRL OTP_SW_MODE OTP_SYNCIN_ EN OTP_SYNCOUT_ EN OTP_FSYNC_ RANGE A6 OTP COINCELL CTRL — — — — A7 OTP PWRON — — OTP_PWRON_ MODE A8 OTP WD CONFIG — — OTP_WDI_ MODE OTP_WDI_INV OTP_WD_EN A9 OTP WD EXPIRE — — — — — AA OTP WD COUNTER AB OTP FAULT COUNTERS AC OTP FAULT TIMERS AD OTP PWRDN DLY1 AE OTP PWRDN DLY2 OTP_PD_SEQ_DLY[1:0] AF OTP PWRUP CTRL — B0 OTP RESETBMCU PWRUP OTP_SW5CONFIG[1:0] OTP_PG_CHECK OTP_VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] OTP_SW4CONFIG[1:0] OTP_SW1CONFIG[1:0] OTP_CLK_FREQ[3:0] OTP_VCOIN[3:0] OTP_PWRON_DBNC[1:0] OTP_TRESET[1:0] OTP_PWRON_RST_ EN OTP_WD_ STBY_EN OTP_WDI_ STBY_ACTIVE OTP_FS_MAX_CNT[3:0] OTP_FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] OTP_FS_OK_TIMER[2:0] OTP_PWRDWN_ MODE OTP_TIMER_FAULT[3:0] OTP_GRP3_DLY[1:0] — OTP_ WDWINDOW OTP_WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0] OTP_WD_MAX_CNT [3:0] OTP_GRP4_DLY[1:0] Product data sheet OTP_PG_ ACTIVE OTP_WD_DURATION[3:0] — PF8100_PF8200 OTP_XFAILB_EN OTP_I2C_ADD[2:0] OTP_GRP2_DLY[1:0] — — OTP_PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] — OTP_RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_GRP1_DLY[1:0] OTP_RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] OTP_RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 99 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications ADDR Register name B1 OTP PGOOD PWRUP BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 B2 OTP SW1 VOLT OTP_VSW1[7:0] B3 OTP SW1 PWRUP OTP_SW1_SEQ[7:0] B4 OTP SW1 CONFIG1 OTP_SW1UV_TH[1:0] B5 OTP SW1 CONFIG2 OTP_SW1_LSELECT[1:0] B6 OTP SW2 VOLT OTP_VSW2[7:0] B7 OTP SW2 PWRUP OTP_SW2_SEQ[7:0] B8 OTP SW2 CONFIG1 B9 OTP SW2 CONFIG2 BA OTP SW3_ VOLT OTP_VSW3[7:0] BB OTP SW3 PWRUP OTP_SW3_SEQ[7:0] BC OTP SW3 CONFIG1 BD OTP SW3 CONFIG2 BE OTP SW4 VOLT OTP_VSW4[7:0] BF OTP SW4 PWRUP OTP_SW4_SEQ[7:0] C0 OTP SW4 CONFIG1 OTP_SW4UV_TH[1:0] C1 OTP SW4 CONFIG2 OTP_SW4_LSELECT[1:0] C2 OTP SW5 VOLT OTP_VSW5[7:0] C3 OTP SW5 PWRUP OTP_SW5_SEQ[7:0] C4 OTP SW5 CONFIG1 C5 OTP SW5 CONFIG2 C6 OTP SW6 VOLT OTP_VSW6[7:0] C7 OTP SW6 PWRUP OTP_SW6_SEQ[7:0] C8 OTP SW6 CONFIG1 OTP_SW6UV_TH[1:0] C9 OTP SW6 CONFIG2 OTP_SW6_LSELECT[1:0] CA OTP SW7 VOLT CB OTP SW7 PWRUP CC OTP SW7 CONFIG1 CD OTP SW7 CONFIG2 CE OTP LDO1 VOLT CF OTP LDO1 PWRUP D0 OTP LDO1 CONFIG BIT1 BIT0 OTP_PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW1OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW1PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW2UV_TH[1:0] — OTP_SW4_PG_ EN OTP_SW5_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW5PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW5_PG_ EN OTP_SW6_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW6PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW4_ WDBYPASS OTP_SW5ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW5DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW6OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW3_ WDBYPASS OTP_SW4ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW4DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW5OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW5_LSELECT[1:0] OTP_SW3_PG_ EN OTP_SW4_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW4PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW2_ WDBYPASS OTP_SW3ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW3DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW4OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW5UV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW2_PG_ EN OTP_SW3_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW3PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW1_ WDBYPASS OTP_SW2ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW2DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW3OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW3_LSELECT[1:0] OTP_SW1_PG_ EN OTP_SW2_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW2PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW3UV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW1ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW1DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW2OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW2_LSELECT[1:0] — OTP_SW1_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW5_ WDBYPASS OTP_SW6ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW6DVS_ RAMP OTP_SW6_PG_ EN OTP_SW6_ WDBYPASS OTP_VSW7[4:0] — OTP_SW7_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW7UV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7_LSELECT[1:0] PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet OTP_SW7_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW7PHASE[2:0] OTP_LDO1UV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7ILIM[1:0] — OTP_LDO1OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7_PG_ EN OTP_SW7_ WDBYPASS OTP_VLDO1[3:0] OTP_LDO1_SEQ[7:0] OTP_LDO1_PDGRP[1:0] — — — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 OTP_LDO1_PG_EN OTP_LDO1_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO1LS © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 100 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications ADDR Register name D1 OTP LDO2 VOLT BIT7 BIT6 D2 OTP LDO2 PWRUP D3 OTP LDO2 CONFIG OTP_LDO2_PDGRP[1:0] D4 OTP LDO3 VOLT OTP_LDO3UV_TH[1:0] D5 OTP LDO3 PWRUP D6 OTP LDO3 CONFIG OTP_LDO3_PDGRP[1:0] D7 OTP LDO4 VOLT OTP_LDO4UV_TH[1:0] D8 OTP LDO4 PWRUP D9 OTP LDO4 CONFIG DA OTP VSNVS CONFIG — DB OTP_OV_ BYPASS1 DC BIT5 OTP_LDO2UV_TH[1:0] BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 OTP_LDO2OV_TH[1:0] BIT1 BIT0 OTP_VLDO2[3:0] OTP_LDO2_SEQ[7:0] OTP_VSELECT_ EN OTP_LDO2HW_ EN — OTP_LDO2_PG_ EN OTP_LDO3OV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDO2_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO2LS OTP_VLDO3[3:0] OTP_LDO3_SEQ[7:0] — — — OTP_LDO3_PG_ EN OTP_LDO4OV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDO3_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO3LS OTP_VLDO4[3:0] OTP_LDO4_SEQ[7:0] OTP_LDO4_PDGRP[1:0] — — — OTP_LDO4_PG_ EN — — — — — — OTP_SW7_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW6_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW5_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW4_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW3_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW2_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW1_OVBYPASS OTP_OV_ BYPASS2 — — — — OTP_LDO4_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ OVBYPASS DD OTP_UV_ BYPASS1 — OTP_SW7_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW6_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW5_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW4_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW3_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW2_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW1_UVBYPASS DE OTP_UV_ BYPASS2 — — — — OTP_LDO4_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ UVBYPASS DF OTP_ILIM_ BYPASS1 — OTP_SW7_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW6_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW5_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW4_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW3_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW2_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW1_ ILIMBYPASS E0 OTP_ILIM_ BYPASS2 — — — — OTP_LDO4_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ ILIMBYPASS E3 OTP DEBUG1 — — — — — — PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 OTP_LDO4_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO4LS VSNVSVOLT [1:0] — BGMON_BYPASS © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 101 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 16.3 PF8100 functional register map RESET SIGNALS R/W types UVDET Reset when VIN crosses UVDET threshold R Read only OFF_OTP Bits are loaded with OTP values (mirror register) R/W Read and Write OFF_TOGGLE Reset when device goes to OFF mode RW1C Read, Write a 1 to clear SC Self-clear after write R/SW Read/Secure Write NO_VSNVS Reset when BOS has no valid input VIN < UVDET and coin cell < 1.8 V (VSNVS not present) R/TW Read/Write on TBB only AD DR Register Name R/W 00 DEVICE ID R DEVICE_FAM[3:0] DEVICE_ID[3:0] 01 REV ID R FULL_LAYER_REV[3:0] METAL_LAYER_REV[3:0] 02 EMREV R PROG_ID[11-8] 03 PROG ID R 04 INT STATUS1 RW1C SDWN_I FREQ_RDY_I CRC_I PWRUP_I PWRDN_I XINTB_I FSOB_I VIN_OVLO_I 05 INT MASK1 R/W SDWN_M FREQ_RDY_M CRC_M PWRUP_M PWRDN_M XINTB_M FSOB_M VIN_OVLO_M 06 INT SENSE1 R — — — — — XINTB_S FSOB_S VIN_OVLO_S 07 THERM INT RW1C WDI_I FSYNC_FLT_I THERM_155_I THERM_140_I THERM_125_I THERM_110_I THERM_95_I THERM_80_I 08 THERM MASK R/W WDI_M FSYNC_FLT_M THERM_155_M THERM_140_M THERM_125_M THERM_110_M THERM_95_M THERM_80_M 09 THERM SENSE R WDI_S FSYNC_FLT_S THERM_155_S THERM_140_S THERM_125_S THERM_110_S THERM_95_S THERM_80_S 0A SW MODE INT RW1C — SW7_MODE_I SW6_MODE_I SW5_MODE_I SW4_MODE_I SW3_MODE_I SW2_MODE_I SW1_MODE_I 0B SW MODE MASK R/W — SW7_MODE_M SW6_MODE_M SW5_MODE_M SW4_MODE_M SW3_MODE_M SW2_MODE_M SW1_MODE_M 12 SW ILIM INT RW1C — SW7_ILIM_I SW6_ILIM_I SW5_ILIM_I SW4_ILIM_I SW3_ILIM_I SW2_ILIM_I SW1_ILIM_I 13 SW ILIM MASK R/W — SW7_ILIM_M SW6_ILIM_M SW5_ILIM_M SW4_ILIM_M SW3_ILIM_M SW2_ILIM_M SW1_ILIM_M 14 SW ILIM SENSE R — SW7_ILIM_S SW6_ILIM_S SW5_ILIM_S SW4_ILIM_S SW3_ILIM_S SW2_ILIM_S SW1_ILIM_S 15 LDO ILIM INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_ILIM_I LDO3_ILIM_I LDO2_ILIM_I LDO1_ILIM_I 16 LDO ILIM MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_ILIM_M LDO3_ILIM_M LDO2_ILIM_M LDO1_ILIM_M 17 LDO ILIM SENSE R — — — — LDO4_ILIM_S LDO3_ILIM_S LDO2_ILIM_S LDO1_ILIM_S 18 SW UV INT RW1C — SW7_UV_I SW6_UV_I SW5_UV_I SW4_UV_I SW3_UV_I SW2_UV_I SW1_UV_I 19 SW UV MASK R/W — SW7_UV_M SW6_UV_M SW5_UV_M SW4_UV_M SW3_UV_M SW2_UV_M SW1_UV_M 1A SW UV SENSE R — SW7_UV_S SW6_UV_S SW5_UV_S SW4_UV_S SW3_UV_S SW2_UV_S SW1_UV_S 1B SW OV INT RW1C — SW7_OV_I SW6_OV_I SW5_OV_I SW4_OV_I SW3_OV_I SW2_OV_I SW1_OV_I 1C SW OV MASK R/W — SW7_OV_M SW6_OV_M SW5_OV_M SW4_OV_M SW3_OV_M SW2_OV_M SW1_OV_M 1D SW OV SENSE R — SW7_OV_S SW6_OV_S SW5_OV_S SW4_OV_S SW3_OV_S SW2_OV_S SW1_OV_S 1E LDO UV INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_UV_I LDO3_UV_I LDO2_UV_I LDO1_UV_I 1F LDO UV MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_UV_M LDO3_UV_M LDO2_UV_M LDO1_UV_M 20 LDO UV SENSE R — — — — LDO4_UV_S LDO3_UV_S LDO2_UV_S LDO1_UV_S 21 LDO OV INT RW1C — — — — LDO4_OV_I LDO3_OV_I LDO2_OV_I LDO1_OV_I 22 LDO OV MASK R/W — — — — LDO4_OV_M LDO3_OV_M LDO2_OV_M LDO1_OV_M 23 LDO OV SENSE R — — — — LDO4_OV_S LDO3_OV_S LDO2_OV_S LDO1_OV_S 24 PWRON INT RW1C BGMON_I PWRON_8S_I PWRON_4S_I PRON_3S_I PWRON_2S_I PWRON_1S_I PWRON_REL_I PWRON_PUSH_I 25 PWRON MASK R/W BGMON_M PWRON_8S_M PWRON_4S_M PRON_3S_M PWRON_2S_M PWRON_1S_M PWRON_REL_M PWRON_PUSH_M 26 PWRON SENSE R BGMON_S — — — — — — PWRON_S 27 SYS INT R EWARN_I PWRON_I OV_I UV_I ILIM_I MODE_I STATUS2_I STATUS1_I 29 HARD FAULT FLAGS RW1C — — — — PU_FAIL WD_FAIL REG_FAIL TSD_FAIL 2A FSOB FLAGS R/SW — — — — FSOB_SFAULT_ NOK FSOB_WDI_ NOK FSOB_WDC_ NOK FSOB_HFAULT_ NOK 2B FSOB SELECT R/W — — — — FSOB_SOFTFAULT FSOB_WDI FSOB_WDC FSOB_HARDFAULT 30 TEST FLAGS R/TW — — — LDO2EN_S VSELECT_S — TRIM_NOK OTP_NOK PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 EMREV[2:0] — PROG_ID[7:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 102 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register Name R/W BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 35 VMONEN1 R/SW — SW7VMON_EN SW6VMON_EN SW5VMON_EN SW4VMON_EN SW3VMON_EN SW2VMON_EN SW1VMON_EN 36 VMONEN2 R/SW — — — — LDO4VMON_EN LDO3VMON_EN LDO2VMON_EN LDO1VMON_EN 37 CTRL1 R/SW VIN_OVLO_EN VIN_OVLO_SDWN WDI_MODE TMP_MON_EN WD_EN WD_STBY_EN WDI_STBY_ACTIVE — 38 CTRL2 R/W — TMP_MON_AON LPM_OFF STANDBYINV RUN_PG_GPO STBY_PG_GPO 39 CTRL3 R/W OV_DB[1:0] — — PMIC_OFF INTB_TEST 3A PWRUP CTRL R/W — 3C RESETBMCU PWRUP R/W 3D PGOOD PWRUP R/W 3E PWRDN DLY1 R/W GRP4_DLY[1:0] 3F PWRDN DLY2 R/W — — — — 40 FREQ CTRL R/W SYNCOUT_EN FSYNC_RANGE FSS_EN FSS_RANGE 41 COINCELL CTRL R/W — — COINCHG_EN COINCHG_OFF 42 PWRON R/W — — — 43 WD CONFIG R/W — — — — 44 WD CLEAR R/W1C — — — — 45 WD EXPIRE R/W — 46 WD COUNTER R/W WD_MAX_CNT [3:0] WD_EVENT_CNT [3:0] 47 FAULT COUNTER R/W FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] FAULT_CNT [3:0] 49 FAULT TIMERS R/W — — — 4A AMUX R/W — — AMUX_EN 4D SW1 CONFIG1 R/W SW1_UV_ BYPASS SW1_OV_BYPASS SW1_ILIM_BYPASS 4E SW1 CONFIG2 R/W SW1_FLT_REN — SW1DVS_RAMP 4F SW1 PWRUP R/W 50 SW1 MODE R/W 51 SW1 RUN VOLT R/W VSW1_RUN[7:0] 52 SW1 STBY VOLT R/W VSW1_STBY[7:0] 55 SW2 CONFIG1 R/W SW2_UV_ BYPASS SW2_OV_BYPASS SW2_ILIM_BYPASS 56 SW2 CONFIG2 R/W SW2_FLT_REN — SW2DVS_RAMP 57 SW2 PWRUP R/W 58 SW2 MODE1 R/W 59 SW2 RUN VOLT R/W VSW2_RUN[7:0] 5A SW2 STBY VOLT R/W VSW2_STBY[7:0] 5D SW3 CONFIG1 R/W SW3_UV_ BYPASS SW3_OV_BYPASS SW3_ILIM_BYPASS 5E SW3 CONFIG2 R/W SW3_FLT_REN — SW3DVS_RAMP 5F SW3 PWRUP R/W 60 SW3 MODE1 R/W 61 SW3 RUN VOLT R/W VSW3_RUN[7:0] 62 SW3 STBY VOLT R/W VSW3_STBY[7:0] 65 SW4 CONFIG1 R/W SW4_UV_ BYPASS SW4_OV_BYPASS SW4_ILIM_BYPASS 66 SW4 CONFIG2 R/W SW4_FLT_REN — SW4DVS_RAMP 67 SW4 PWRUP R/W 68 SW4 MODE1 R/W 69 SW4 RUN VOLT R/W VSW4_RUN[7:0] 6A SW4 STBY VOLT R/W VSW4_STBY[7:0] 6D SW5 CONFIG1 R/W SW5_UV_ BYPASS SW5_OV_BYPASS SW5_ILIM_BYPASS 6E SW5 CONFIG2 R/W SW5_FLT_REN — SW5DVS_RAMP 6F SW5 PWRUP R/W 70 SW5 MODE1 R/W PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] UV_DB[1:0] PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] PWRDWN_MODE RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] SEQ_TBASE[1:0] RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] GRP3_DLY[1:0] GRP2_DLY[1:0] — GRP1_DLY[1:0] RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] — CLK_FREQ[3:0] VCOIN[3:0] PWRON_DBNC [1:0] TRESET[1:0] PWRON_RST_EN WD_DURATION[3:0] — WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0] — — WD_CLEAR WD_EXPIRE_CNT[2:0] — TIMER_FAULT[3:0] — AMUX_SEL [4:0] SW1_UV_STATE SW1_OV_STATE SW1_ILIM_STATE SW1ILIM[1:0] SW1_WDBYPASS SW1_PG_EN SW1PHASE[2:0] SW1_SEQ[7:0] — SW1_PDGRP[1:0] — SW1_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW2_UV_STATE SW2_OV_STATE SW2_ILIM_STATE SW2ILIM[1:0] SW1_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW2_WDBYPASS SW2_PG_EN SW2PHASE[2:0] SW2_SEQ[7:0] — SW2_PDGRP[1:0] — SW2_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW3_UV_STATE SW3_OV_STATE SW3_ILIM_STATE SW3ILIM[1:0] SW2_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW3_WDBYPASS SW3_PG_EN SW3PHASE[2:0] SW3_SEQ[7:0] — SW3_PDGRP[1:0] — SW3_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW4_UV_STATE SW4_OV_STATE SW4_ILIM_STATE SW4ILIM[1:0] SW3_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW4_WDBYPASS SW4_PG_EN SW4PHASE[2:0] SW4_SEQ[7:0] — SW4_PDGRP[1:0] — SW4_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW5_UV_STATE SW5_OV_STATE SW5_ILIM_STATE SW5ILIM[1:0] SW4_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW5_WDBYPASS SW5_PG_EN SW5PHASE[2:0] SW5_SEQ[7:0] — — SW5_PDGRP[1:0] SW5_STBY_MODE[1:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 SW5_RUN_MODE[1:0] © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 103 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register Name R/W 71 SW5 RUN VOLT R/W VSW5_RUN[7:0] 72 SW5 STBY VOLT R/W VSW5_STBY[7:0] 75 SW6 CONFIG1 R/W SW6_UV_ BYPASS SW6_OV_BYPASS SW6_ILIM_BYPASS 76 SW6 CONFIG2 R/W SW6_FLT_REN SW6_VTTEN SW6DVS_RAMP 77 SW6 PWRUP R/W 78 SW6 MODE1 R/W 79 SW6 RUN VOLT R/W VSW6_RUN[7:0] 7A SW6 STBY VOLT R/W VSW6_STBY[7:0] 7D SW7 CONFIG1 R/W SW7_UV_ BYPASS SW7_OV_BYPASS SW7_ILIM_BYPASS 7E SW7 CONFIG2 R/W SW7_FLT_REN — — 7F SW7 PWRUP R/W 80 SW7 MODE1 R/W — — 81 SW7 RUN VOLT R/W — — — 85 LDO1 CONFIG1 R/W LDO1_UV_ BYPASS LDO1_OV_BYPASS LDO1_ILIM_ BYPASS 86 LDO1 CONFIG2 R/W LDO1_FLT_ REN 87 LDO1 PWRUP R/W 88 LDO1 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO1_RUN[3:0] 89 LDO1 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO1_STBY[3:0] 8B LDO2 CONFIG1 R/W LDO2_UV_ BYPASS LDO2_OV_BYPASS LDO2_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO2_UV_STATE LDO2_OV_STATE LDO2_ILIM_STATE LDO2_WDBYPASS LDO2_PG_EN 8C LDO2 CONFIG2 R/W LDO2_FLT_ REN LDO2HW_EN VSELECT_EN — LDO2_RUN_EN LDO2_STBY_EN 8D LDO2 PWRUP R/W 8E LDO2 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO2_RUN[3:0] 8F LDO2 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO2_STBY[3:0] 91 LDO3 CONFIG1 R/W LDO3_UV_ BYPASS LDO3_OV_BYPASS LDO3_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO3_UV_STATE LDO3_OV_STATE LDO3_ILIM_STATE LDO3_WDBYPASS LDO3_PG_EN 92 LDO3 CONFIG2 R/W LDO3_FLT_ REN LDO3_PDGRP[1:0] — — — LDO3_RUN_EN LDO3_STBY_EN 93 LDO3 PWRUP R/W 94 LDO3 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO3_RUN[3:0] 95 LDO3 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO3_STBY[3:0] 97 LDO4 CONFIG1 R/W LDO4_UV_ BYPASS LDO4_OV_BYPASS LDO4_ILIM_ BYPASS LDO4_UV_STATE LDO4_OV_STATE LDO4_ILIM_STATE LDO4_WDBYPASS LDO4_PG_EN 98 LDO4 CONFIG2 R/W LDO4_FLT_ REN — — — LDO4_RUN_EN LDO4_STBY_EN 99 LDO4 PWRUP R/W 9A LDO4 RUN VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO4_RUN[3:0] 9B LDO4 STBY VOLT R/W — — — — VLDO4_STBY[3:0] 9D VSNVS CONFIG1 R/W — — — — — 9F PAGE SELECT R/TW — — — — — PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 SW6_UV_STATE SW6_OV_STATE BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 SW6_ILIM_STATE SW6_WDBYPASS SW6_PG_EN SW6ILIM[1:0] SW6PHASE[2:0] SW6_SEQ[7:0] — SW6_PDGRP[1:0] — SW6_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW7_UV_STATE SW7_OV_STATE SW6_RUN_MODE[1:0] SW7_ILIM_STATE SW7ILIM[1:0] SW7_WDBYPASS SW7_PG_EN SW7PHASE[2:0] SW7_SEQ[7:0] SW7_PDGRP[1:0] SW7_STBY_MODE[1:0] SW7_RUN_MODE[1:0] VSW7[4:0] LDO1_PDGRP[1:0] LDO1_UV_STATE LDO1_OV_STATE LDO1_ILIM_STATE LDO1_WDBYPASS LDO1_PG_EN — — — LDO1_RUN_EN LDO1_STBY_EN LDO1_SEQ[7:0] LDO2_PDGRP[1:0] LDO2_SEQ[7:0] LDO3_SEQ[7:0] LDO4_PDGRP[1:0] LDO4_SEQ[7:0] All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 — VSNVSVOLT [1:0] PAGE[2:0] © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 104 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 16.4 PF8100 OTP mirror register map (page 1) Reset types OFF_OTP Register loads the OTP mirror register values during power up OTP Register available in OTP bank only, reset from fuses when VIN crosses UVDET threshold VSNVS Reset when BOS has no valid input. VIN < UVDET and coin cell < 1.8 V (VSNVS not present) AD DR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 A0 OTP FSOB SELECT — — — — OTP_FSOB_ SOFTFAULT OTP_FSOB_WDI OTP_FSOB_WDC OTP_FSOB_ HARDFAULT A1 OTP I2C — — — — OTP_I2C_CRC_EN A2 OTP CTRL1 — — OTP_EWARN_TIME[1:0] — OTP_STANDBYINV OTP_PG_ACTIVE A3 OTP CTRL2 OTP_FSS_EN OTP_FSS_RANGE — OTP_VIN_OVLO_ SDWN OTP_VIN_OVLO_EN A4 OTP CTRL3 OTP_VTT_PDOWN OTP_SW6_VTTEN A5 OTP FREQ CTRL OTP_SW_MODE OTP_SYNCIN_EN OTP_SYNCOUT_EN OTP_FSYNC_ RANGE A6 OTP COINCELL CTRL — — — — A7 OTP PWRON — — OTP_PWRON_ MODE A8 OTP WD CONFIG — — OTP_WDI_MODE OTP_WDI_INV OTP_WD_EN A9 OTP WD EXPIRE — — — — — AA OTP WD COUNTER AB OTP FAULT COUNTERS — — — — OTP_FAULT_MAX_CNT[3:0] AC OTP FAULT TIMERS — — — — OTP_TIMER_FAULT[3:0] AD OTP PWRDN DLY1 AE OTP PWRDN DLY2 OTP_PD_SEQ_DLY[1:0] AF OTP PWRUP CTRL — B0 OTP RESETBMCU PWRUP OTP_RESETBMCU_SEQ[7:0] B1 OTP PGOOD PWRUP OTP_PGOOD_SEQ[7:0] B2 OTP SW1 VOLT B3 OTP SW1 PWRUP B4 OTP SW1 CONFIG1 OTP_SW1UV_TH[1:0] B5 OTP SW1 CONFIG2 OTP_SW1_LSELECT[1:0] B6 OTP SW2 VOLT B7 OTP SW2 PWRUP B8 OTP SW2 CONFIG1 OTP_SW2UV_TH[1:0] B9 OTP SW2 CONFIG2 OTP_SW2_LSELECT[1:0] BA OTP SW3_ VOLT OTP_VSW3[7:0] BB OTP SW3 PWRUP OTP_SW3_SEQ[7:0] OTP_XFAILB_EN OTP_SW5CONFIG[1:0] OTP_I2C_ADD[2:0] OTP_SW4CONFIG[1:0] OTP_VCOIN[3:0] OTP_PWRON_DBNC[1:0] PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet OTP_PWRDWN_ MODE OTP_TRESET[1:0] OTP_PWRON_ RST_EN OTP_WD_STBY_EN OTP_WDI_STBY_ ACTIVE OTP_WDWINDOW OTP_WD_MAX_EXPIRE[2:0] OTP_WD_MAX_CNT [3:0] OTP_GRP3_DLY[1:0] — OTP_SW1CONFIG[1:0] OTP_CLK_FREQ[3:0] OTP_WD_DURATION[3:0] OTP_GRP4_DLY[1:0] OTP_PG_CHECK OTP_VIN_OVLO_DBNC[1:0] OTP_GRP2_DLY[1:0] — — OTP_PGOOD_PDGRP[1:0] — OTP_RESETBMCU_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_GRP1_DLY[1:0] OTP_RESETBMCU_DLY[1:0] OTP_SEQ_TBASE[1:0] OTP_VSW1[7:0] OTP_SW1_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW1OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW1_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW1PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW1DVS_RAMP OTP_SW1ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW1_PG_EN OTP_SW1_WDBYPASS OTP_VSW2[7:0] OTP_SW2_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW2OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW2_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW2PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW2DVS_RAMP All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 OTP_SW2ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW2_PG_EN OTP_SW2_WDBYPASS © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 105 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BC OTP SW3 CONFIG1 OTP_SW3UV_TH[1:0] BD OTP SW3 CONFIG2 OTP_SW3_LSELECT[1:0] BE OTP SW4 VOLT BF OTP SW4 PWRUP C0 OTP SW4 CONFIG1 OTP_SW4UV_TH[1:0] C1 OTP SW4 CONFIG2 OTP_SW4_LSELECT[1:0] C2 OTP SW5 VOLT C3 OTP SW5 PWRUP C4 OTP SW5 CONFIG1 OTP_SW5UV_TH[1:0] C5 OTP SW5 CONFIG2 OTP_SW5_LSELECT[1:0] C6 OTP SW6 VOLT C7 OTP SW6 PWRUP C8 OTP SW6 CONFIG1 OTP_SW6UV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW6OV_TH[1:0] C9 OTP SW6 CONFIG2 OTP_SW6_LSELECT[1:0] OTP_SW6PHASE[2:0] CA OTP SW7 VOLT CB OTP SW7 PWRUP CC OTP SW7 CONFIG1 OTP_SW7UV_TH[1:0] CD OTP SW7 CONFIG2 OTP_SW7_LSELECT[1:0] CE OTP LDO1 VOLT OTP_LDO1UV_TH[1:0] CF OTP LDO1 PWRUP D0 OTP LDO1 CONFIG OTP_LDO1_PDGRP[1:0] D1 OTP LDO2 VOLT OTP_LDO2UV_TH[1:0] D2 OTP LDO2 PWRUP D3 OTP LDO2 CONFIG OTP_LDO2_PDGRP[1:0] D4 OTP LDO3 VOLT OTP_LDO3UV_TH[1:0] D5 OTP LDO3 PWRUP D6 OTP LDO3 CONFIG OTP_LDO3_PDGRP[1:0] D7 OTP LDO4 VOLT OTP_LDO4UV_TH[1:0] D8 OTP LDO4 PWRUP D9 OTP LDO4 CONFIG DA OTP VSNVS CONFIG — DB OTP_OV_ BYPASS1 DC OTP_OV_ BYPASS2 BIT3 OTP_SW3OV_TH[1:0] BIT2 BIT1 OTP_SW3_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW3PHASE[2:0] BIT0 OTP_SW3ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW3DVS_RAMP OTP_SW3_PG_EN OTP_SW3_WDBYPASS OTP_VSW4[7:0] OTP_SW4_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW4OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW4_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW4PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW4ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW4DVS_RAMP OTP_SW4_PG_EN OTP_SW4_WDBYPASS OTP_VSW5[7:0] OTP_SW5_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW5OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW5_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW5PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW5ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW5DVS_RAMP OTP_SW5_PG_EN OTP_SW5_WDBYPASS OTP_VSW6[7:0] OTP_SW6_SEQ[7:0] — — OTP_SW6_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW6ILIM[1:0] OTP_SW6DVS_RAMP OTP_SW6_PG_EN OTP_SW6_WDBYPASS OTP_VSW7[4:0] — OTP_SW7_SEQ[7:0] OTP_SW7OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7_PDGRP[1:0] OTP_SW7PHASE[2:0] OTP_SW7ILIM[1:0] — OTP_LDO1OV_TH[1:0] OTP_SW7_PG_EN OTP_SW7_WDBYPASS OTP_VLDO1[3:0] OTP_LDO1_SEQ[7:0] — — — OTP_LDO1_PG_EN OTP_LDO2OV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDO1_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO1LS OTP_VLDO2[3:0] OTP_LDO2_SEQ[7:0] OTP_VSELECT_EN OTP_LDO2HW_EN — OTP_LDO2_PG_EN OTP_LDO3OV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDO2_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO2LS OTP_VLDO3[3:0] OTP_LDO3_SEQ[7:0] — — — OTP_LDO3_PG_EN OTP_LDO4OV_TH[1:0] OTP_LDO3_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO3LS OTP_VLDO4[3:0] OTP_LDO4_SEQ[7:0] OTP_LDO4_PDGRP[1:0] — — — OTP_LDO4_PG_EN — — — — — — OTP_SW7_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW6_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW5_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW4_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW3_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW2_ OVBYPASS OTP_SW1_OVBYPASS — — — — OTP_LDO4_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ OVBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ OVBYPASS PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 OTP_LDO4_ WDBYPASS OTP_LDO4LS VSNVSVOLT [1:0] © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 106 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications AD DR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 DD OTP_UV_ BYPASS1 — OTP_SW7_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW6_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW5_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW4_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW3_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW2_ UVBYPASS OTP_SW1_UVBYPASS DE OTP_UV_ BYPASS2 — — — — OTP_LDO4_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ UVBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ UVBYPASS DF OTP_ILIM_ BYPASS1 — OTP_SW7_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW6_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW5_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW4_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW3_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW2_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_SW1_ ILIMBYPASS E0 OTP_ILIM_ BYPASS2 — — — — OTP_LDO4_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO3_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO2_ ILIMBYPASS OTP_LDO1_ ILIMBYPASS E3 OTP DEBUG1 — — — — — — — BIT0 BGMOM_BYPASS 17 OTP/TBB and default configurations The PF8100/PF8200 supports OTP fuse bank configuration and a predefined hardwire configurations to select the default power up configuration via the VDDOTP pin. 2 The default power up configuration is loaded into the functional I C registers based on the voltage on VDDOTP pin on register loading. • If VDDOTP = GND, the device loads the configuration from the OTP mirror registers. • If VDDOTP = V1P5D, the device loads the configuration from the default hardwire configuration. When OTP configuration is selected, the register loading occurs in two stages: • In the first stage, the fuses are loaded in the OTP Mirror registers every time VIN crosses the UVDET threshold in the rising edge. 2 • At the second stage, data from the mirror registers are loaded into the functional I C registers for device operation. When VDDOTP = GND, the mirror registers hold the default configuration to be used on a power-on event. The mirror registers can be modified during the TBB mode in order to test a custom power up configuration and/or burn the configuration into the OTP fuses to generate a customized default power up configuration. 2 When VDDOTP = V1P5D, the I C functional register will always be loaded from the hardwire configuration every time a default loading is required. Therefore, no TBB operation is possible in this configuration. In the event of a TRIM/OTP loading failure or a self-test failure, the corresponding fault flag is set and any PWRUP event is ignored until the flags are cleared by writing a 1 during the QPU_OFF state. The TRIM_NOK, OTP_NOK and STEST_NOK flags can only be written when the TBBEN is set high (in TBB Mode). In normal operation, the TRIM_NOK, OTP_NOK and STEST_NOK flags can only be read, but not cleared. 17.1 TBB (Try Before Buy) operation The PF8100/PF8200 allows temporary configuration (TBB) to debug or test a customized power up configuration in the system. In order to access the TBB mode, the TBBEN pin should be set high . In this mode of operation, the device ignores the default value of the LPM_OFF bit and moves into the QPU_Off state, regardless of the result of the self-test. However, the actual result of the self-test is notified by the STEST_NOK flag. • When the self-test is successful the STEST_NOK flag is set to 0 • When the self-test has failed, the STEST_NOK flag is set to 1 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 107 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications In the TBB mode, the following conditions are valid: 2 • I C communication uses standard communication with no CRC and secure write disabled. 2 • Default I C address is 0x08 regardless of the address configured by OTP. • Watchdog monitoring is disabled (including WDI and internal watchdog timer). 2 • The PF8100/PF8200 can communicate through I C as long as VDDIO is provided to the PMIC externally. The PAGE[2:0] bits are provided to grant access to the mirror registers and other OTP dedicated bits. When device is in the TBB mode, it can access the mirror registers in the extended register Page 1. With the TBBEN pin pulled low, access to the extended register pages is not allowed. The mirror registers are preloaded with the values form the OTP configuration. These may be modified to set the proper power up configuration during TBB operation. If a power up event is present with the TBBEN pin set high, device will power up with the proper configuration but limited functionality. Limited functionality includes: 2 • Default I C address = 0x08 • CRC and secure write disabled • Watchdog operation/monitoring disable In order to allow TBB operation with full functionality, the TBBEN pin must be low when the power up event occurs. The PF8100/PF8200 can operate normally using the TBB configuration, as long as VIN does not go below the UVDET threshold. If VIN is lost (VIN < UVDET) the mirror register will be reset and TBB configuration must be performed again. 17.2 OTP fuse programming A permanent OTP configuration is possible by burning the OTP fuses. OTP fuse burning is performed in the TBBEN mode during the QPU_Off state. Contact your NXP representative for detailed information on OTP fuse programming. 17.3 Default hardwire configuration If VDDOTP = V1P5D, the device loads the configuration from the default hardwire 2 configuration directly into the corresponding I C functional registers every time the registers need to be reloaded. When using the hardwire configuration, the TRIM values are still loaded from the OTP fuses. In the event of a TRIM loading failure, the corresponding fault flag is set to 1. When the hardwire configuration is used, the PF8100/PF8200 does not allow TBB mode operation. When TBBEN = V1P5D, the device enters a debug mode. In this mode of operation, the device ignores the default value of the LPM_OFF bit and moves into the QPU_Off state, regardless of the result of the self-test. However, the actual result of the self-test is notified by the STEST_NOK flag. • When the self-test is successful, the STEST_NOK flag is set to 0 • When the self-test has failed, the STEST_NOK flag is set to 1 During hardwire configuration, the OTP_NOK flag is always set to 0. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 108 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications When any of the TRIM_NOK, OTP_NOK or STEST_NOK flags is set, any PWRUP event is ignored until the flags are cleared by writing a 0. These flags can only be written when the system is in the debug mode, (TBBEN = V1P5D). In normal operation, the TRIM_NOK, OTP_NOK and STEST_NOK flags are read only. Vin > UVDET FUSE LOAD Default Config OTP Config VDDOTP = V1P5D I2C Register Map Mirror Registers TBB Default Configuration LP_Off PWRON event Self-Test I2C Register Map POWER OFF TBBEN = V1P5D · WDI disabled · Watchdog Disabled · l2C CRC disabled · l2C Address = 0x08 · Access Miscellaneous Debug flags Mirror Registers QPU_Off PWRON event Hardwire Power up Configuration I2C Register Map POWER UP lf TBBEN = V1P5D (Limited Functionality) lf TBBEN = GND (Full Functionality) SYSTEM ON aaa-028077 Figure 39. Hardwire operation diagram For simplicity, the default hardwire configuration in PF8100/PF8200 is organized based on the OTP register map as shown in Table 78. Table 78. Default hardwire configuration ADDR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 Configuration A0 OTP FSOB SELECT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Active Safe State disabled | FSOB pin not used A1 OTP I2C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Secured I2C disabled | I2C CRC disabled | I2C address = 0x08 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 109 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications ADDR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 Configuration A2 OTP CTRL1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 100 µs EWARN | Fail-safe State enabled | STANDBY active high | PGOOD indicator | PG not Check on power up A3 OTP CTRL2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 FSS disabled | FSS Range = 5 % | XFAILB Disabled | VIN_OVLO shutdown disabled | VIN_OVLO enabled | VIN_OVLO debounce = 100 µs A4 OTP CTRL3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 VTT Hi-Z off | Single phase: SW6, SW5, SW4, SW3 | Dual phase: SW1/SW2 A5 OTP FREQ CTRL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SWx in APS | SYNCIN = Disabled | SYNCOUT disabled | SYNCIN range = 2 MHz – 3 MHz | CLK Frequency = 2.5 MHz A6 OTP COINCELL CTRL 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 VCOIN = 3.0 V A7 OTP PWRON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PWRON = Level sensitive A8 OTP WD CONFIG 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 WDI generates soft WD reset | WDI detect on rising edge | WD timer disabled | WD Timer in standby disabled |WDI detect in standby disabled | WD windows = 100 % A9 OTP WD EXPIRE 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 Max WD expire count = 8 AA OTP WD COUNTER 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 WD duration = 1024 ms | Max WD count = 16 AB OTP FAULT COUNTERS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fail Safe MAX counter = 16 | Regulator fault max counter = 16 AC OTP FAULT TIMERS 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Fail safe OK timer = 1 minute | Regulator fault timer = Disabled AD OTP PWRDN DLY1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GRP4 delay = 125 μs | GRP 3 delay = 125 μs | GRP 2 delay = 125 μs | GRP 1 delay = 125 μs AE OTP PWRDN DLY2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 No power down delay | RESETBMCU delay = 10 μs AF OTP PWRUP CTRL 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 PD mirror sequence | RESETBMCU PD Group2 | TBASE = 250 μs B0 OTP RESETBMCU PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 RESETBMCU SEQ = Slot 6 B1 OTP PGOOD PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PGOOD SEQ = OFF B2 OTP SW1 VOLT 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Voltage = 1.0 V B3 OTP SW1 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 SEQ = Slot 0 B4 OTP SW1 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM typ 4.5 A B5 OTP SW1 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/μs | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable B6 OTP SW2 VOLT 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Voltage = 1.0 V B7 OTP SW2 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 SEQ = Slot 0 B8 OTP SW2 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM typ 4.5 A B9 OTP SW2 CONFIG2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 180º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/µs | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable BA OTP SW3_VOLT 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Voltage = 1.1 V BB OTP SW3 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 SEQ = Slot 4 BC OTP SW3 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM min 4.5 A BD OTP SW3 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/µs | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable BE OTP SW4 VOLT 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Voltage = 1.1 V BF OTP SW4 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 SEQ = Slot 4 C0 OTP SW4 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM min 4.5 A C1 OTP SW4 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/μs | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable C2 OTP SW5 VOLT 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Voltage = 1.1 V C3 OTP SW5 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 SEQ = Slot 2 ( TBASE x 2 = 500 μs) C4 OTP SW5 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM min 4.5 A C5 OTP SW5 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/us | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable C6 OTP SW6 VOLT 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 Voltage = 1.8 V C7 OTP SW6 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 SEQ = Slot 2 (TBASE x 2 = 500 μs) C8 OTP SW6 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM min 4.5 A C9 OTP SW6 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | DVS Ramp = 12.5 mV/μs | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable CA OTP SW7 VOLT 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 Voltage = 3.3 V CB OTP SW7 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 SEQ = Slot 2 (TBASE x 2 = 500 μs) CC OTP SW7 CONFIG1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 UV mon = 7 % | OV mon = 7 % | SW PD Group4 | ILIM min 4.5 A CD OTP SW7 CONFIG2 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 L = 1 μH | Phase = 0º | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 110 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications ADDR Register name BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 Configuration CE OTP LDO1 VOLT 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 Voltage = 1.8 V CF OTP LDO1 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 SEQ = Slot 0 D0 OTP LDO1 CONFIG 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 LDO PD Group 4 | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable | LDO Mode D1 OTP LDO2 VOLT 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Voltage = 3.3 V D2 OTP LDO2 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 SEQ = Slot 2 (TBASE x 2 = 500 μs) D3 OTP LDO2 CONFIG 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 LDO PD Group 4 | VSELECT = EN | LDO2HW = EN | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable | LDO Mode D4 OTP LDO3 VOLT 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Voltage = 3.3 V D5 OTP LDO3 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SEQ = OFF D6 OTP LDO3 CONFIG 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 LDO PD Group 4 | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable | LDO Mode D7 OTP LDO4 VOLT 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Voltage = 3.3 V D8 OTP LDO4 PWRUP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SEQ = OFF D9 OTP LDO4 CONFIG 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 LDO PD Group 4 | PG = EN | WDBYPASS = Disable | LDO Mode DA OTP VSNVS CONFIG 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Voltage = 3.0 V DB OTP OV BYPASS1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OV bypass disabled on all SW regulators DC OTP OV BYPASS2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OV bypass disabled on all LDO regulators DD OTP UV BYPASS1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UV bypass disabled on all SW regulators DE OTP UV BYPASS2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UV bypass disabled on all LDO regulators DF OTP ILIM BYPASS1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ILIM bypass disabled on all SW regulators E0 OTP ILIM BYPASS2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ILIM bypass disabled on all LDO regulators E1 OTP PROG IDH 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Prog ID = 0xFFF E2 OTP PROG IDL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Prog ID = 0xFFF 18 Functional safety 18.1 System safety strategy The PF8200 is defined in a context of safety and shall provide a set of features to achieve the safety goals on such context. It provides a flexible yet complete safety architecture to comply with ASILB systems providing full programmability to enable or disable features to address the safety goal. This architecture includes protective mechanisms to avoid unwanted modification on the respective safety features, as required by the system. The following are features considered to be critical for the functional safety strategy: • • • • • • • Internal watchdog timer External watchdog monitoring input (WDI) Fail -safe output (FSOB) Output voltage monitoring with dedicated bandgap reference 2 Protected I C protocol with CRC verification Input overvoltage protection Analog built-in self-test (ABIST) 18.2 Output voltage monitoring with dedicated bandgap reference For the type 2 buck regulator and LDOs, the OV/UV monitors operate from a dedicated bandgap reference for voltage monitoring. For the type 1 buck regulators, the OV/UV monitor operate from the same reference as the regulator. To ensure the integrity of the type 1 buck regulators, a comparison PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 111 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications between the regulator bandgap and the monitoring bandgap is performed. A 4 % to 12 % difference between the two bandgaps is an indicator of a potential regulation or monitoring fault and is considered as a critical issue. Therefore, the device prevents the switching regulators from powering up. In PF8200, if a bandgap error is detected during a power up event, the self-test will fail and prevent the device from powering up regardless of the value of the OTP_BGMON_BYPASS bit. During system-on states a drift between the two bandgaps is detected: • when OTP_BGMON_BYPASS = 0, the power stage of the voltage regulators will be shutdown • when OTP_BGMON_BYPASS = 1, the bandgap monitor only sends an interrupt to the system to announce the bandgap failure The BGMON_I is asserted when a bandgap failure occurs, provided it is not masked. The BGMON_S bit is set to 0 when the bandgaps are within range, and set to 1 when the bandgaps are out of range. 18.3 ABIST verification The PF8200 implements an ABIST verification of all output voltage monitors. The ABIST verification on the output voltage monitoring behaves as follows: • Device test the OV comparators for each individual SWx and LDOx supply during the self-test routine • Device test the UV comparators for each individual SWx and LDOx supply during the self-test routine • During the ABIST verification, it is required to ensure the corresponding OV/UV comparators are able to toggle, which in turn is a sign of the integrity of these functions 2 • If any of the comparators is not able to toggle, a warning bit is set on the I C register map: – The ABIST_OV1 register contain the AB_SWx_OV bits for all external regulators – The ABIST_OV2 register contain the AB_LDOx_OV bits for all external regulators – The ABIST_UV1 register contain the AB_SWx_UV bits for all external regulators – The ABIST_UV2 register contain the AB_LDOx_UV bits for all external regulators • The ABIST registers are cleared or overwritten every time the ABIST check is performed 2 • The ABIST registers are part of the secure registers and will require an I C secure write to be cleared if this feature is enabled. Once ABIST check is performed, the PF8200 can proceed with the power up sequence and the MCU should be able to request the value of these registers and learn if ABIST failed for any of the voltage monitors. The AB_RUN bit is provided to perform an ABIST verification on demand. When the AB_RUN bit is set to 1, the control logic performs an ABIST verification on all OV/UV monitoring circuits. When the ABIST verification is finished, the AB_RUN bit selfclear to 0 and a new ABIST verification can be commanded as needed. When the secure write feature is enabled, the system must perform a secure write sequence in order to start an ABIST verification on demand. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 112 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications When the PF8200 performs an ABIST verification on demand, the OV/UV fault monitoring is blanked for a maximum period of 200 µs. During this time, the system must ensure it is in a safe state, or it is safe to perform this action without violating the safety goals of the system. If a failure on the OV/UV monitor is detected during the ABIST on demand request, the PMIC will assert the corresponding ABIST flags. It is responsibility of the system to perform a diagnostic check after each ABIST verification to ensure it places the system in safe state if an ABIST fault is detected. 19 IC level quiescent current requirements Table 79. Quiescent current requirements All parameters are specified at TA = −40 to 105 °C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 5.0 V and TA = 25 °C, unless otherwise noted. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max ILICELL Coin cell mode VIN < UVDET VSNVS = 3.0 V or 3.3 V — 1.0 3.0 ILICELL Coin cell mode VIN < UVDET VSNVS = 1.8 V — 5.0 7.0 ILPOFF LP_Off state LPM_OFF = 0 VIN > UVDET VSNVS = ON µA µA QPU_Off LPM_OFF = 1 System ready to power on ISYSON System on core current Run or standby and all regulators disabled Coin cell charger disabled AMUX disabled PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Fail-safe mode VIN > UVDET VSNVS = ON µA — IQPUOFF IFSAFE Unit 40 150 750 1000 µA — µA — 750 1000 40 150 µA — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 113 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications from MCU VDDIO from system V1P5A WDI from MCU from MCU 100 kΩ XINT STANDBY PWRON 100 kΩ FSOB EWARN 100 kΩ VIN to system VDDIO to MCU 100 kΩ PGOOD 100 kΩ VDDIO to MCU VDDIO to MCU VDDIO 100 kΩ INTB RESETBMCU to MCU 20 Typical applications 100 kΩ SW1FB VSW1 2 x 22 µF 1 µH XFAILB SW1LX SW1IN VIN VSELECT 4.7 µF LDO2EN SW2FB VSW2 2 x 22 µF 1 µH to XFAILB of PMIC2 from MCU from MCU VDDOTP SW2LX TBBEN SW2IN VIN VDDIO 4.7 µF SW3FB VSW3 2 x 22 µF 1 µH 0.1 µF SW3LX VSW4 1 µH SW4LX I2C DATA from system CLK SYNCOUT PF8x00 to system CLK AMUX SW4IN VIN to MCU ADC V1P5A 4.7 µF AGND SW5FB VSW5 1 µH VIN SW5LX V1P5D SW5IN DGND 4.7 µF V1P5A 1.0 µF V1P5D 1.0 µF VIN SW6FB VSW6 2 x 22 µF I2C CLK SYNCIN SW4FB 2 x 22 µF 2.2 kΩ SDA 4.7 µF 2 x 22 µF 2.2 kΩ SCL SW3IN VIN I/O Supply 1 µH SW6LX LICELL SW6IN VIN VIN 1.0 µF 3.0 V coin cell + - 0.22 µF 4.7 µF VSNVS SW7FB VSW7 2 x 22 µF 1 µH VSNVS 2.2 µF SW7LX LDO1OUT LDO12IN VIN 4.7 µF VLDO1 LDO2OUT 1.0 µF VLDO2 4.7 µF VIN 1.0 µF VLDO3 4.7 µF LDO3IN LDO3OUT LDO4IN 1.0 µF VLDO4 4.7 µF VIN 4.7 µF LDO4OUT SW7IN VIN aaa-028078 Figure 40. Typical application diagram PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 114 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 21 Package information 21.1 Package outline for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) Figure 41. Package outline for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 115 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 42. Package outline detail for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) Figure 43. Package outline notes for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 116 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 21.2 PCB design guidelines for WF-type HVQFN56 Figure 44. Solder mask pattern for WF-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 117 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 45. I/O pads and solderable areas for WF-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 118 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 46. Solder paste stencil for WF-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 119 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 21.3 Package outline for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) Figure 47. Package outline for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 120 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 48. Package outline detail for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) Figure 49. Package outline notes for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 121 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 21.4 PCB design guidelines for E-type HVQFN56 Figure 50. Solder mask pattern for E-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 122 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 51. I/O pads and solderable areas for E-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 123 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Figure 52. Solder paste stencil for E-type HVQFN56 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 124 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 22 Revision history Table 80. Revision history Document ID Release date Data sheet status Change notice Supersedes PF8100_PF8200 v.7.0 20190429 Product data sheet — PF8100_PF8200 v.6.0 Modifications • Global: changed document status from Preliminary to Product PF8100_PF8200 v.6.0 20190419 Modifications • • • • • • • • • • • • Preliminary data sheet — PF8100_PF8200 v.5.0 Section 4: updated Table 1 and added Table 2 Table 3: updated description for V1P5D AND V1P5A (replaced 1.5 by 1.6) Table 3: updated description for VDDIO (replaced 1.7 V by 1.6 V) Section 12.1: added "SW1, SW2 and SW3 configurable as a triple phase regulator with up to 7.5 A current capability" to features list Section 15.4.2: updated description and added Figure 26 Table 53: added values for ISWx_TP and ISWxILIM_TP and conditions for VSWxLOTR and VSWxLOTR Table 37: updated min and typical values for V1P5D and V1P5A (replaced 1.35 by 1.50 and 1.50 by 1.60) Figure 6 and Figure 7: replaced 1.5 V by 1.6 V) Table 39: updated the max value for VCOINRLHYS (replaced 150 by 170) Table 15: updated VIN_OVLO min value (replaced 5.6 by 5.55) Table 42: updated max value for VCOINHYS (replaced 140 by 200) Section 21: updated package drawings and added drawings for industrial grade PF8100_PF8200 v.5.0 20181001 Modifications • Updated max value for VIN_OVLO_HYS in Table 15 (replaced 100 by 200) PF8100_PF8200 v.4.0 20180928 Modifications • Changed document status from technical data to advance information PF8100_PF8200 v.3.0 20180926 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Objective data sheet Advance information Technical data — — — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 PF8100_PF8200 v.4.0 PF8100_PF8200 v.3.0 PF8100_PF8200 v.2.2 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 125 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Document ID Release date Modifications • Updated description for RESETBMCU_ VOL, INTB_ VOL, PGOOD_ VOL, XFAILB_VOL in Table 28 (replaced −2.0 mA by 10 mA) • Updated max value for VSELECT_ VIL and LDO2EN_ VIL in Table 28 (replaced 0.4 by 0.3*VDDIO) • Updated min value for VSELECT_ VIH and LDO2EN_ VIH in Table 28 (replaced 1.4 by 0.7*VDDIO) • Updated max value for VSNVS_ILIM in Table 42 (replaced 60 by 70) • Updated clock frequency tolerance (replaced ±5 % by ±6 %) in Table 44 description • Updated min value for tPFMtoPWM in Table 53 (replaced 10 by 30) • Updated min and max values for ISWxNLIM in Table 53 (replaced 0.7 by 0.6 and 1.3 by 1.4) • Updated max value for tONSWxMAX in Table 53 (replaced 279 by 310) • Updated description and min value for tONSWx_MIN in Table 53 (replaced 36 by 34.2) • Updated typical value for ISWxQ in Table 53 (replaced 12 by 14) • Updated min and max values for VSWxACC in Table 53 • Updated RSWxDIS values in Table 53 • Added VSWxACCPFM values to Table 53 • Updated description for VSW7IN in Table 60 (replaced 4.5 by 4.1) • Updated min and max values for VSW7ACC in Table 60 (replaced −3.0 by −4.0 and 3.0 by 4.0) • Updated RdischLDOx values in Table 64 (replaced 45 by 50 and 500 by 300) • Updated values for tSW7RAMP, tONSW7, ISW7Q in Table 60 • Updated typical and max values for ILDOxLIM and ILSxLIM in Table 64 (replaced 800 by 850 and 1200 to 1400) • Updated typical and max values for ILDOxQ in Table 64 (replaced 9.4 by 7.0 and 12.5 to 10) • Updated max values for tONLDOx and tOFFLDOx in Table 64 (replaced 500 by 300 and 2500 by 3500) • Updated min and max values for VLDOxLOTR in Table 64 (replaced −3.0 by −6.0 and 3.0 by 6.0) • Updated typical and max values for TonLDOxLS in Table 64 (replaced 100 by 150 and 500 by 300) • Updated min and max values for RdischLDOx in Table 64 (replaced 45 by 50 and 500 by 300) • Updated decription and values for tUV_DB and tOV_DB in Table 69 • Updated min and max values for f20MzACC in Table 71 (replaced −5.0 by −6.0 and 5.0 by 6.0) • Updated values in Table 75 • Updated package outline PF8100_PF8200 v.2.2 20180611 Modifications • Minor typo corrections PF8100_PF8200 v.2.1 20180522 Modifications • Changed document id from PF8x00 to PF8100_PF8200 • Updated PF8200 OTP mirror register table (deleted E0, E1 and added E3) • Updated PF8100 OTP mirror register table (deleted E0, E1 and added E3) PF8100_PF8200 v.2.0 20180116 Modifications • Updates to reflect silicon B0 PF8100_PF8200 v.1.0 20170512 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Data sheet status Product preview Product preview Product preview Product preview Change notice — PF8100_PF8200 v.2.1 — PF8100_PF8200 v.2.0 — PF8100_PF8200 v.1.0 — — All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 Supersedes © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 126 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 23 Legal information 23.1 Data sheet status Document status [1][2] Product status [3] Definition Objective [short] data sheet Development This document contains data from the objective specification for product development. Preliminary [short] data sheet Qualification This document contains data from the preliminary specification. Product [short] data sheet Production This document contains the product specification. [1] [2] [3] Please consult the most recently issued document before initiating or completing a design. The term 'short data sheet' is explained in section "Definitions". The product status of device(s) described in this document may have changed since this document was published and may differ in case of multiple devices. The latest product status information is available on the Internet at URL http://www.nxp.com. notice. This document supersedes and replaces all information supplied prior to the publication hereof. 23.2 Definitions Draft — The document is a draft version only. The content is still under internal review and subject to formal approval, which may result in modifications or additions. NXP Semiconductors does not give any representations or warranties as to the accuracy or completeness of information included herein and shall have no liability for the consequences of use of such information. Short data sheet — A short data sheet is an extract from a full data sheet with the same product type number(s) and title. A short data sheet is intended for quick reference only and should not be relied upon to contain detailed and full information. For detailed and full information see the relevant full data sheet, which is available on request via the local NXP Semiconductors sales office. In case of any inconsistency or conflict with the short data sheet, the full data sheet shall prevail. Product specification — The information and data provided in a Product data sheet shall define the specification of the product as agreed between NXP Semiconductors and its customer, unless NXP Semiconductors and customer have explicitly agreed otherwise in writing. In no event however, shall an agreement be valid in which the NXP Semiconductors product is deemed to offer functions and qualities beyond those described in the Product data sheet. 23.3 Disclaimers Limited warranty and liability — Information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, NXP Semiconductors does not give any representations or warranties, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of such information and shall have no liability for the consequences of use of such information. NXP Semiconductors takes no responsibility for the content in this document if provided by an information source outside of NXP Semiconductors. In no event shall NXP Semiconductors be liable for any indirect, incidental, punitive, special or consequential damages (including - without limitation - lost profits, lost savings, business interruption, costs related to the removal or replacement of any products or rework charges) whether or not such damages are based on tort (including negligence), warranty, breach of contract or any other legal theory. Notwithstanding any damages that customer might incur for any reason whatsoever, NXP Semiconductors’ aggregate and cumulative liability towards customer for the products described herein shall be limited in accordance with the Terms and conditions of commercial sale of NXP Semiconductors. Right to make changes — NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to make changes to information published in this document, including without limitation specifications and product descriptions, at any time and without PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Applications — Applications that are described herein for any of these products are for illustrative purposes only. NXP Semiconductors makes no representation or warranty that such applications will be suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. Customers are responsible for the design and operation of their applications and products using NXP Semiconductors products, and NXP Semiconductors accepts no liability for any assistance with applications or customer product design. It is customer’s sole responsibility to determine whether the NXP Semiconductors product is suitable and fit for the customer’s applications and products planned, as well as for the planned application and use of customer’s third party customer(s). Customers should provide appropriate design and operating safeguards to minimize the risks associated with their applications and products. NXP Semiconductors does not accept any liability related to any default, damage, costs or problem which is based on any weakness or default in the customer’s applications or products, or the application or use by customer’s third party customer(s). Customer is responsible for doing all necessary testing for the customer’s applications and products using NXP Semiconductors products in order to avoid a default of the applications and the products or of the application or use by customer’s third party customer(s). NXP does not accept any liability in this respect. Limiting values — Stress above one or more limiting values (as defined in the Absolute Maximum Ratings System of IEC 60134) will cause permanent damage to the device. Limiting values are stress ratings only and (proper) operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those given in the Recommended operating conditions section (if present) or the Characteristics sections of this document is not warranted. Constant or repeated exposure to limiting values will permanently and irreversibly affect the quality and reliability of the device. Terms and conditions of commercial sale — NXP Semiconductors products are sold subject to the general terms and conditions of commercial sale, as published at http://www.nxp.com/profile/terms, unless otherwise agreed in a valid written individual agreement. In case an individual agreement is concluded only the terms and conditions of the respective agreement shall apply. NXP Semiconductors hereby expressly objects to applying the customer’s general terms and conditions with regard to the purchase of NXP Semiconductors products by customer. No offer to sell or license — Nothing in this document may be interpreted or construed as an offer to sell products that is open for acceptance or the grant, conveyance or implication of any license under any copyrights, patents or other industrial or intellectual property rights. Suitability for use in automotive applications — This NXP Semiconductors product has been qualified for use in automotive applications. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the product is not designed, authorized or warranted to be suitable for use in life support, life-critical or safety-critical systems or equipment, nor in applications where failure or malfunction of an NXP Semiconductors product can reasonably be expected All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 127 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications to result in personal injury, death or severe property or environmental damage. NXP Semiconductors and its suppliers accept no liability for inclusion and/or use of NXP Semiconductors products in such equipment or applications and therefore such inclusion and/or use is at the customer's own risk. 23.4 Trademarks Export control — This document as well as the item(s) described herein may be subject to export control regulations. Export might require a prior authorization from competent authorities. NXP — is a trademark of NXP B.V. Notice: All referenced brands, product names, service names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Translations — A non-English (translated) version of a document is for reference only. The English version shall prevail in case of any discrepancy between the translated and English versions. PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 128 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Tables Tab. 1. Tab. 2. Tab. 3. Tab. 4. Tab. 5. Tab. 6. Tab. 7. Tab. 8. Tab. 9. Tab. 10. Tab. 11. Tab. 12. Tab. 13. Tab. 14. Tab. 15. Tab. 16. Tab. 17. Tab. 18. Tab. 19. Tab. 20. Tab. 21. Tab. 22. Tab. 23. Tab. 24. Tab. 25. Tab. 26. Tab. 27. Tab. 28. Tab. 29. Tab. 30. Tab. 31. Tab. 32. Tab. 33. Tab. 34. Tab. 35. Tab. 36. Tab. 37. Tab. 38. Tab. 39. Device options ...................................................2 Ordering information ..........................................2 HVQFN56 pin description ................................. 5 Absolute maximum ratings ................................7 ESD ratings ....................................................... 7 Thermal characteristics ..................................... 7 QFN56 thermal resistance and package dissipation ratings ............................................. 8 Operating conditions ......................................... 8 Voltage supply summary .................................10 Device differences ...........................................11 State machine transition definition .................. 12 Fail-safe OK timer configuration ......................20 UVDET threshold ............................................ 21 VIN_OVLO debounce configuration ................ 21 VIN_OVLO specifications ................................21 Startup timing requirements (PWRON pulled up) ................................................................... 22 Startup with PWRON driven high externally and LPM_OFF = 0 .......................................... 24 Power up time base register ........................... 24 Power up sequence registers ..........................25 Power down regulator group bits .................... 28 Power down counter delay ..............................29 Programmable delay after RESETBMCU is asserted ...........................................................29 Power down delay selection ............................30 Regulator control during fault event bits .......... 32 Fault timer register configuration .....................34 Fault bypass bits ............................................. 35 Interrupt registers ............................................ 39 I/O electrical specifications ..............................41 PWRON debounce configuration in edge detection mode ................................................43 TRESET configuration .....................................43 Standby pin polarity control .............................43 EWARN time configuration ............................. 45 Early warning threshold ...................................46 LDO control in run or standby mode ............... 47 I2C address configuration ............................... 53 Secure bits ...................................................... 54 Internal supplies electrical characteristics ....... 56 Coin cell charger voltage level ........................ 57 Coin cell electrical characteristics ................... 57 Tab. 40. Tab. 41. Tab. 42. Tab. 43. Tab. 44. Tab. 45. Tab. 46. Tab. 47. Tab. 48. Tab. 49. Tab. 50. Tab. 51. Tab. 52. Tab. 53. Tab. 54. Tab. 55. Tab. 56. Tab. 57. Tab. 58. Tab. 59. Tab. 60. Tab. 61. Tab. 62. Tab. 63. Tab. 64. Tab. 65. Tab. 66. Tab. 67. Tab. 68. Tab. 69. Tab. 70. Tab. 71. Tab. 72. Tab. 73. Tab. 74. Tab. 75. Tab. 76. Tab. 77. Tab. 78. Tab. 79. Tab. 80. VSNVS operation description ..........................58 VSNVS output voltage configuration ............... 59 VSNVS electrical characteristics ..................... 59 DVS ramp speed configuration ....................... 61 Ramp rates ......................................................61 Output voltage configuration ........................... 61 SW regulator mode configuration ....................62 SWx current limit selection ..............................62 SWx phase configuration ................................ 62 SWx inductor selection bits ............................. 63 OTP_SW1CONFIG register description .......... 64 OTP SW4CONFIG register description ........... 64 OTP_SW5CONFIG register description .......... 65 Type 1 buck regulator electrical characteristics ..................................................66 Recommended external components ..............68 SW7 output voltage configuration ................... 69 SW7 regulator mode configuration ..................70 SW7 current limit selection ..............................71 SW7 phase configuration ................................ 71 SW7 inductor selection bits .............................71 Type 2 buck regulator electrical characteristics ..................................................71 Recommended external components ..............73 LDO operation description .............................. 74 LDO output voltage configuration ....................74 LDO regulator electrical characteristics ...........75 UV threshold configuration register ................. 77 OV threshold configuration register .................77 UV debounce timer configuration .................... 77 OV debounce timer configuration ....................77 VMON Electrical characteristics ...................... 80 Manual frequency tuning configuration ............82 Clock management specifications ................... 84 Thermal monitor specifications ........................86 Thermal monitor bit description ....................... 87 AMUX channel selection ................................. 88 AMUX specifications ....................................... 89 Watchdog duration register ............................. 90 Soft WD register reset .....................................92 Default hardwire configuration .......................109 Quiescent current requirements .................... 113 Revision history ............................................. 125 Figures Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Simplified application diagram ...........................2 Internal block diagram .......................................4 Pin configuration for HVQFN56 .........................5 Functional block diagram ................................ 10 State diagram ..................................................12 Startup with PWRON pulled up .......................22 Startup with PWRON driven high externally and bit LPM_OFF = 0 ..................................... 23 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Power up/down sequence between off and system-on states ............................................. 26 Power up/down sequence between run and standby ............................................................ 26 Group power down sequence example ........... 30 Power down delay ...........................................31 Regulator turned off with RegX_STATE = 0 and FLT_REN = 0 ...........................................32 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 129 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. Fig. 23. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. Fig. 26. Fig. 27. Fig. 28. Fig. 29. Fig. 30. Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 33. Fig. 34. Regulator turned off with RegX_STATE = 0 and FLT_REN = 1 ...........................................33 Correct power up (no fault during power up) ....36 Power up sequencer with a temporary failure .. 37 Power up sequencer aborted as fault persists for longer than 2.0 ms ........................38 I/O interface diagram .......................................41 XFAILB behavior during a power up sequence ......................................................... 51 XFAILB behavior during a power down sequence ......................................................... 51 Behavior during an external XFAILB event ......52 External XFAILB event during a power up sequence ......................................................... 52 8 bit SAE J1850 CRC polynomial ................... 53 VSNVS block diagram .....................................59 Buck regulator block diagram ..........................60 Dual phase configuration ................................ 65 Triple phase configuration ...............................65 Quad phase configuration ............................... 66 Type 2 buck regulator block diagram .............. 69 LDOx regulator block diagram ........................ 74 Voltage monitoring architecture .......................79 Clock management architecture ......................81 Spread-spectrum waveforms ...........................83 Thermal monitoring architecture ......................86 Thermal sensor voltage characteristics ........... 87 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet Fig. 35. Fig. 36. Fig. 37. Fig. 38. Fig. 39. Fig. 40. Fig. 41. Fig. 42. Fig. 43. Fig. 44. Fig. 45. Fig. 46. Fig. 47. Fig. 48. Fig. 49. Fig. 50. Fig. 51. Fig. 52. Watchdog timer operation ............................... 91 Soft WD reset behavior ...................................94 Hard WD reset behavior ................................. 94 Watchdog event counter ................................. 95 Hardwire operation diagram .......................... 109 Typical application diagram ...........................114 Package outline for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) ........................................115 Package outline detail for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) ...................... 116 Package outline notes for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) ...................... 116 Solder mask pattern for WF-type HVQFN56 .. 117 I/O pads and solderable areas for WF-type HVQFN56 ...................................................... 118 Solder paste stencil for WF-type HVQFN56 ...119 Package outline for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) ........................................... 120 Package outline detail for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) ........................................... 121 Package outline notes for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) ........................................... 121 Solder mask pattern for E-type HVQFN56 .... 122 I/O pads and solderable areas for E-type HVQFN56 ...................................................... 123 Solder paste stencil for E-type HVQFN56 ..... 124 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 130 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications Contents 1 Overview .............................................................. 1 2 Features ............................................................... 1 3 Simplified application diagram .......................... 2 4 Ordering information .......................................... 2 5 Applications .........................................................3 6 Internal block diagram ........................................4 7 Pinning information ............................................ 5 7.1 Pinning ............................................................... 5 7.2 Pin description ................................................... 5 8 Absolute maximum ratings ................................ 7 9 ESD ratings ..........................................................7 10 Thermal characteristics ......................................7 11 Operating conditions .......................................... 8 12 General description ............................................ 8 12.1 Features .............................................................8 12.2 Functional block diagram .................................10 12.3 Power tree summary ....................................... 10 12.4 Device differences ........................................... 11 13 State machine ....................................................11 13.1 States description ............................................ 15 13.1.1 OTP/TRIM load ................................................15 13.1.2 LP_Off state .....................................................15 13.1.3 Self-test routine (PF8200 only) ........................ 15 13.1.4 QPU_Off state ................................................. 16 13.1.5 Power up sequence .........................................16 13.1.6 System-on states ............................................. 17 13.1.6.1 Run state ......................................................... 17 13.1.6.2 Standby state ...................................................18 13.1.7 WD_Reset ........................................................18 13.1.8 Power down state ............................................19 13.1.9 Fail-safe transition ........................................... 19 13.1.10 Fail-safe state (PF8200 only) .......................... 19 13.1.11 Coin cell state ..................................................20 14 General device operation ................................. 20 14.1 UVDET .............................................................20 14.2 VIN OVLO condition ........................................ 21 14.3 IC startup timing with PWRON pulled up ......... 22 14.4 IC startup timing with PWRON pulled low during VIN application ..................................... 23 14.5 Power up ......................................................... 24 14.5.1 Power up events ..............................................24 14.5.2 Power up sequencing ...................................... 24 14.6 Power down .....................................................27 14.6.1 Turn off events ................................................ 27 14.6.2 Power down sequencing ................................. 27 14.6.2.1 Sequential power down ................................... 28 14.6.2.2 Group power down .......................................... 28 14.6.2.3 Power down delay ........................................... 30 14.7 Fault detection ................................................. 31 14.7.1 Fault monitoring during power up state ............35 14.8 Interrupt management ..................................... 38 14.9 I/O interface pins ............................................. 40 14.9.1 PWRON ........................................................... 42 14.9.2 STANDBY ........................................................ 43 14.9.3 RESETBMCU .................................................. 44 14.9.4 INTB .................................................................44 PF8100_PF8200 Product data sheet 14.9.5 XINTB .............................................................. 44 14.9.6 WDI .................................................................. 44 14.9.7 EWARN ............................................................45 14.9.8 PGOOD ............................................................46 14.9.9 VSELECT .........................................................47 14.9.10 LDO2EN ...........................................................47 14.9.11 FSOB (safety output) .......................................47 14.9.12 TBBEN ............................................................. 49 14.9.13 XFAILB .............................................................50 14.9.14 SDA and SCL (I2C bus) .................................. 52 14.9.14.1 I2C CRC verification ........................................ 53 14.9.14.2 I2C secure write .............................................. 54 15 Functional blocks ..............................................56 15.1 Analog core and internal voltage references ....56 15.2 Coin cell charger ............................................. 56 15.3 VSNVS LDO/switch ......................................... 58 15.4 Type 1 buck regulators (SW1 to SW6) ............ 60 15.4.1 SW6 VTT operation ......................................... 63 15.4.2 Multiphase operation ....................................... 63 15.4.3 Electrical characteristics .................................. 66 15.5 Type 2 buck regulator (SW7) .......................... 68 15.5.1 Electrical characteristics .................................. 71 15.6 Linear regulators ..............................................73 15.6.1 LDO load switch operation .............................. 75 15.6.2 LDO regulator electrical characteristics ........... 75 15.7 Voltage monitoring ...........................................76 15.7.1 Electrical characteristics .................................. 80 15.8 Clock management ..........................................80 15.8.1 Low frequency clock ........................................ 81 15.8.2 High frequency clock ....................................... 81 15.8.3 Manual frequency tuning ................................. 81 15.8.4 Spread-spectrum ............................................. 82 15.8.5 Clock Synchronization ..................................... 83 15.9 Thermal monitors .............................................85 15.10 Analog multiplexer ........................................... 88 15.11 Watchdog event management .........................89 15.11.1 Internal watchdog timer ................................... 90 15.11.2 Watchdog reset behaviors ............................... 92 16 I2C register map ................................................95 16.1 PF8200 functional register map .......................96 16.2 PF8200 OTP mirror register map (page 1) ...... 99 16.3 PF8100 functional register map .....................102 16.4 PF8100 OTP mirror register map (page 1) .... 105 17 OTP/TBB and default configurations ............ 107 17.1 TBB (Try Before Buy) operation .................... 107 17.2 OTP fuse programming ................................. 108 17.3 Default hardwire configuration ....................... 108 18 Functional safety .............................................111 18.1 System safety strategy .................................. 111 18.2 Output voltage monitoring with dedicated bandgap reference .........................................111 18.3 ABIST verification .......................................... 112 19 IC level quiescent current requirements ....... 113 20 Typical applications ........................................114 21 Package information .......................................115 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. Rev. 7.0 — 29 April 2019 © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. 131 / 132 PF8100; PF8200 NXP Semiconductors 12-channel power management integrated circuit for high performance applications 21.1 21.2 21.3 21.4 22 23 Package outline for WF-type HVQFN56 (Automotive grade) ........................................ 115 PCB design guidelines for WF-type HVQFN56 ...................................................... 117 Package outline for E-type HVQFN56 (Industrial grade) ............................................120 PCB design guidelines for E-type HVQFN56 ..122 Revision history .............................................. 125 Legal information ............................................ 127 Please be aware that important notices concerning this document and the product(s) described herein, have been included in section 'Legal information'. © NXP B.V. 2019. All rights reserved. For more information, please visit: http://www.nxp.com For sales office addresses, please send an email to: salesaddresses@nxp.com Date of release: 29 April 2019 Document identifier: PF8100_PF8200